Skip to main content

Full text of "Part of the solution : creative alternatives for youth"

See other formats


4      ^^k 


P     of  the  Solution 

Creative  Alternatives  for  Youth    ^^ 


Part  of  the  Solution 

Creative  Alternatives  for  Youth 


Edited  by  Laura  Costello 

Published  by  the  National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies  in  cooperation  with  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice,  and  the 
United  States  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


The  National  .Assembly  of  State  .Arts  .Agencies  (NASAA)  is  the 
membership  organization  of  the  nation's  state  and  jurisdictional  arts 
agencies.  The  members,  through  XASAA.  participate  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  national  arts  polio."  and  advocate  the  importance  of  the 
diverse  arts  and  cultures  of  the  United  States.  NASAA's  mission  is  to 
provide  its  member  agencies  with  the  information,  resources,  and 
representation  the}-  require  to  engage  issues  proactively  and  serve  the 
public  effectively. 

The  National  Endowment  for  the  .Arts  (NEA),  an  independent 
agencv  of  the  federal  government,  was  created  in  1965  to  encourage 
and  assist  the  nation's  cultural  resources.  The  NEA  is  advised  by  the 
National  Council  on  the  .Arts,  a  presidenrially  appointed  body  com- 
posed of  the  chairman  of  the  endowment  and  twenty-six  distin- 
guished private  citizens  who  are  widely  recognized  for  their  expertise 
or  interest  in  the  arts.  The  council  advises  the  endowment  on  poli- 
cies, programs,  and  procedures,  in  addition  to  making  recommenda- 
rions  on  grant  applications. 

The  Office  of  Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  Prevention  and  the 
Bureau  of  Justice  .Assistance  are  components  of  the  Office  of  Justice 
Programs,  which  also  includes  the  Bureau  of  Justice  Statistics,  the 
National  Institute  of  Justice,  and  the  Office  for  Victims  of  Crime. 
Points  of  view  or  opinions  expressed  in  this  document  are  those  of 
the  authors  and  do  not  necessarily  represent  the  official  position  or 
policies  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice. 

The  Center  for  Substance  Abuse  Prevention  (CS.AP)  supports  and 
promotes  the  continued  development  of  community,  state,  national, 
and  international  comprehensive  prevention  systems.  CS.AP  strives 
to  connect  people  and  resources  with  effective  and  innovative  ideas. 
strategies,  and  programs  aimed  at  reducing  and  eliminating  alcohol. 
tobacco  and  other  drug  (ATOD I  problems  in  our  society.  CSAP's 
prevention  programs  and  models,  tailored  to  specific  cultures  and 
locales,  capitalize  on  broad-based  community  involvement  and  en- 
hance public  and  professional  awareness  of  prevention.  CS.AP  is  a 
component  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services' 
Substance  .Abuse  and  Mental  Health  Services  Administration 
(SAMHSA). 

©  1995  by  the  National  Assembly  of  State  .Arts 
.Agencies.  All  rights  reserved. 


This  publication  was  produced  under  a  cooperative  agreement  be- 
tween the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  and  the  National  As- 
sembly of  State  .Arts  .Agencies,  with  support  from  the  Bureau  of  Jus- 
tice Assistance  and  the  Office  of  Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency 
Prevention  through  an  Interagency  Agreement  between  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts  and  the  Bureau  of  Justice  Assistance; 
and  with  support  from  the  Center  for  Substance  Abuse  Prevention 
through  an  Interagency  .Agreement  between  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  .Arts  and  the  Center  for  Substance  Abuse  Prevention. 


Editor: 

.Associate  Editor: 
.Assistant  Editors: 


Covet  Design: 

Interior  Design: 


Concept  and 
Guidance: 

Editorial  Ad-risory 
Committee: 


Laura  Costello,  NASAA 
Andi  Matins,  NEA 

Lauren  Benson,  NASAA 

Jill  Hauser-Field.  NASAA 

Rondell  Crier,  YA/YA 
Laura  Costello,  in  collaboration  with 
Rondell  Crier  and  Lauren  Benson 


Edward  Dickev,  NEA 


Jose  Colchado,  Dean,  College  of  Creative 
and  Communications  Arts,  Northern  Arizona 
University 

Craig  Dreeszen,  Executive  Director,  Arts 
Extension  Sendee,  Division  of  Continuing 
Education,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Wayne  Lawson,  Executive  Director,  Ohio 
.Arts  Council 

Barbara  Neal,  former  Executive 
Director,  Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts 

Patrice  Powell,  Director,  Expansion  Arts 
Program,  NEA 


For  further  information  about  this  publication  contact  the  National 
Assembly  of  State  Arts  .Agencies.  1010  Vermont  Avenue,  Suite  920, 
Washington,  DC  20005,  202-347-6352. 


-~-i 


Printed  on  recycled  paper  with  soybean  ink.   %?  i 3 


* 


Acknowledgements 


We  would  like  to  take  this  opportunity 
to  acknowledge  the  many  individuals 
who  have  contributed  their  time,  en- 
ergy, and  expertise  to  this  publication. 

Our  editorial  advisory  group  members  listed  on 
the  previous  page  helped  focus  and  shape  the  content  of  the 
various  chapters  from  initial  concept  through  every  draft. 

Support  and  cooperation  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  is  making  it  possible  for  this  book  to 
reach  a  large  network  of  juvenile  justice  professionals. 
We  particularly  want  to  thank  Laurie  O.  Robinson, 
deputy  assistant  attorney  general,  Office  of  Justice  Pro- 
grams; Shay  Bilchik,  administrator,  Office  of  Juvenile 
Justice  and  Delinquency  Prevention;  Nancy  E.  Gist,  di- 
rector, Bureau  of  Justice  Assistance;  Patty  Reilly,  special 
assistant  to  the  director,  Bureau  of  Justice  Assistance; 
and  Jack  A.  Nadol,  special  counsel  to  the  deputy  assis- 
tant attorney  general,  Office  of  Justice  Programs.  We 
also  want  to  thank  Karen  Christensen,  general  counsel, 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  for  seeing  the  oppor- 
tunity and  taking  the  initiative  to  work  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  on  this  project. 

The  Arts  and  Prevention,  a  new  partnership 
between  the  Center  for  Substance  Abuse  Prevention 
(CSAP)  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Ser- 
vices and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  encour- 
ages greater  involvement  of  artists  and  arts  organizations 
in  substance  abuse  prevention  programs.  A  special  re- 
print of  this  book  for  use  by  drug  and  alcohol  abuse  pre- 
vention specialists  and  by  the  national  network  of  com- 
munity prevention  programs  has  been  made  possible  by 
this  partnership.  We  extend  thanks  to  Elaine  M. 
Johnson,  director,  CSAP,  and  to  Joan  White  Quinlan, 
chief,  and  David  Wilson,  public  affairs  specialist,  of  the 
Public  Education  Branch,  CSAP,  and  the  staff  of  the 


National  Clearinghouse  for  Alcohol  and  Drug  Information. 

State  and  regional  arts  agency  staff  around 
the  country  assisted  significantly  as  well,  offering  advice 
and  guidance  as  the  stories  developed.  We  would  like  to 
recognize  Tim  Toothman  of  the  Maryland  State  Arts 
Council,  Rita  Starpattern  of  the  Texas  Arts  Commis- 
sion, and  Jayne  Darke  and  Ken  May  of  the  South  Caro- 
lina Arts  Commission  for  their  help. 

Credit  is  due  Edward  Dickey,  director  of  the 
State  &  Regional  Program  at  the  Arts  Endowment,  who 
provided  the  concept,  general  direction,  and  much  valu- 
able editorial  advice.  Many  other  Endowment  staff  also 
assisted,  and  were  generous  with  their  time  and  efforts: 
Josh  Dare  and  Keith  Donohue  of  the  Public  Affairs  Of- 
fice; Anthony  Tighe  and  Marianne  Klink  of  the  Partner- 
ship staff;  Claire  Colliander  and  Rudy  Guglielmo,  fel- 
lows in  the  State  &  Regional  Program;  and  Aimee  Eden, 
who  also  worked  with  the  program. 

At  the  National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agen- 
cies, Jill  Hauser-Field  provided  editorial  expertise  for  the 
book,  especially  in  fashioning  the  final  chapter,  and 
Lauren  Benson  hit  the  ground  running  as  she  assumed 
layout  and  production  responsibilities.  We  also  want  to 
thank  Dennis  Dewey  for  his  invaluable  support  in  pro- 
viding overall  management  of  this  project. 

Finally,  we  want  to  acknowledge  Rondell 
Crier,  a  student  pursuing  a  career  in  computer  graphics 
and  an  Alumni  of  YA/YA  in  New  Orleans  (featured  in 
chapter  5),  who  designed  our  cover  and  much  of  the 
book's  interior.  His  work  is  a  tribute  to  the  vitality  and 
creativity  of  America's  youth  and  a  positive  reflection  of 
the  power  of  the  arts  to  help  shape  young  lives. 


Laura  L.  Costello 

Editor 

National  Assembly  of 

State  Arts  Agencies 


Andi  Mathis 

Program  Administrator 

State  &  Regional  Program 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


Table  of  Contents 


Acknowledgements 

Foreword 

Introduction 

Dancing  into  the  Future  8 

Maryland  —  learning  self-expression  and  gaining  self-confidence 
through  dance 

by  Jean  Marbella 

A.P.P.L.E.  Corps:  A  Unique  Partnership  14 

Arizona —  a  partnership  of  artists,  private  enterprise  professionals, 
prosecutors,  law  enforcement  officials,  and  educators  helps  youth  reject  drugs 
with  after-school  arts  programs 

by  Rose  McBride 

Voices  of  Youth: 

The  Arts  and  Prevention  in  Vermont  22 

Vermont  —  helping  children  and  teens  find  their  artistic  voices 
by  Elizabeth  Lawrence 

Soothing  the  Aching  Heart  of  Young  Los  Angeles  28 

California  —  mending  rifts  in  the  community  fabric  caused  by  social  and 

economic  unrest 

by  Max  Benavidez  and  Kate  Vozoff 

Creative  Entrepreneurs: 

The  YA/YAs  of  New  Orleans  34 

Louisiana  —  developing  creative  and  business  skills  through  an  arts  guild 

for  teens 

by  Claudia  Barker 


6  South  Carolina's  ABC  Project: 

Making  a  Difference  in  Education  42 

South  Carolina  —  making  the  arts  a  part  of  every  child's  basic  education 
by  Jan  S tucker 

7  Denver's  Neighborhood  Cultures  48 

Colorado  —  celebrating  common  history  and  environment  through 
neighborhood  arts  projects 
by  TomAuer 

8  Working  Their  Way  into  the  Arts  54 

Rhode  Island  —  awakening  an  interest  and  introducing  career  opportunities 

in  the  arts 

by  John  Pantalone 

9  The  Family  Arts  Agenda: 

A  Lighthouse  for  Rough  Waters  60 

Oregon  —  developing  arts  programs  that  strengthen  troubled  families 
by  Romalyn  Tilghman 

1 0  Project  BRIDGE:  An  Artist  in  Their  Midst  66 

Texas  —  providing  opportunities  for  creative  expression  and  development 
to  residents  of  housing  projects 

by  Saundra  Goldman 

1 1  Hugs  and  Kisses,  A  Big  Kid's  Play  72 

Virginia  —  providing  vital  information  about  serious  issues  to  kids  and  teens 
through  drama 
by  Rebecca  Neale 

12  Additional  State  and  Regional  Arts  Agency  Projects  80 

Fifty-two  state  and  regional  arts  agencies  share  examples  of  projects  that 
provide  creative  alternatives  for  youth 

edited  by  Jill  Hauser-Field 


Foreword 


The  arts  are  part  of  the  solution  to  problems  that 
endanger  America's  youth  —  problems  of  teen- 
age pregnancy,  violence,  drug  abuse,  and  drop- 
ping out  of  school.  This  assertion  is  supported  by  an 
ever  growing  number  of  success  stories  from  communi- 
ties of  all  sizes  and  economic  circumstances.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  publication  is  to  share  some  of  these  stories 
that  illustrate  the  positive  difference  made  in  the  lives  of 
children  and  their  families  by  artists,  arts  organizations, 
and  community  groups  with  assistance  from 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  fifty-six 
state  and  jurisdictional  arts  agencies,  and  the  seven  re- 
gional arts  organizations. 

The  arts  have  always  been,  and  always  should 
be,  valued  and  supported  for  their  inherent  worth.  But 
we  should  not  overlook  their  other  public  benefits;  the 
arts  enrich,  transform,  and  even  save  lives.  And  in  so  do- 
ing they  help  to  address  some  of  society's  greatest  chal- 
lenges, especially  those  involving  youth.  This  is  recog- 
nized by  leaders  of  federal,  state,  and  local  agencies 
concerned  with  education,  law  enforcement,  drug  pre- 
vention, and  other  social  services.  The  assistance  of  the 
Department  of  Justice  and  the  Department  of  Health 
and  Human  Services  in  the  production  and  distribution 
of  this  publication  reflects  the  growing  interest  in  the  arts 
as  a  resource  for  addressing  these  public  purposes. 

Part  of  the  Solution  follows  Celebrating 
America's  Cultural  Diversity  and  A  Rural  Arts  Sampler, 
which  document  some  of  the  ways  the  Arts  Endowment 
and  its  state  and  regional  partners  are  working  together 


to  foster  America's  diverse  cultural  heritage  and  promote 
the  arts  in  rural  areas.  This  series  of  publications  is  in- 
tended to  share  successful  strategies  and  show  how  the 
arts  address  public  priorities,  delivering  remarkable  ben- 
efits to  a  great  variety  of  people  and  communities. 

The  arts  have  great  attraction.  Like  nothing 
else  they  engage  the  hearts  and  minds  of  children.  And 
once  engaged  with  the  arts,  children  are  more  likely  to 
develop  the  discipline,  self-confidence,  and  creative 
thinking  that  can  help  them  succeed  in  other  endeavors 
and  contribute  to  the  economic  and  social  health  of  their 
communities.  Of  course,  the  arts  cannot  by  themselves 
address  all  of  the  problems  that  affect  the  lives  of  chil- 
dren. But  the  chapters  that  follow  demonstrate  just  how 
much  we  can  accomplish  with  a  small  investment  in 
projects  that  offer  creative  alternatives  for  youth. 


Jonathan  Katz 
Executive  Director 
National  Assembly  of 
State  Arts  Agencies 


Edward  Dickey 

Director 

State  &  Regional  Program 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


* 


Introduction 


Of  all  people,"  Thomas  Macaulay  wrote, 
"children  are  the  most  imaginative."  That 
certainly  has  been  my  experience.  When  I 
ask  a  classroom  of  elementary  school  kids  how  many  can 
draw  or  sing  or  dance,  the  hands  go  up  in  unanimity. 
Our  great  challenge  as  adults  is  to  tap  that  creativity,  to 
channel  that  positive  energy  so  that  it's  their  imagina- 
tions that  are  running  wild,  not  the  kids  themselves. 

It  is  not  enough  to  love,  feed,  and  house  our 
children.  Teaching  them  values  and  giving  them  good 
schools  and  an  environment  safe  from  crime  are  impor- 
tant, and  yet  they  need  more.  To  help  our  future  genera- 
tions reach  their  full  potential,  they  require  opportunities 
for  creative  expression,  opportunities  the  arts  can  provide. 

Sadly,  many  children  today  are  "at  risk"  of 
dropping  out  of  school,  of  dropping  out  of  society  at 
large,  not  only  in  impoverished  inner  cities,  but  in  rural 
areas  and  middle  class  communities.  The  incidence  of 
drug  use  and  violence,  of  pregnancy  and  suicide  among 
our  young  people  is  tragic.  To  save  our  children,  to  open 
their  lives  to  new  possibilities,  we  as  parents  and  family 
members,  teachers  and  volunteers,  civic  and  religious 
leaders  must  marshal  all  our  resources,  public  and  private. 

The  arts  are  one  such  resource,  rich  and  inex- 
haustible. Disciplined  and  creative  work  —  in  music, 
dance,  and  theater;  in  visual  arts  and  folk  arts,  in  film 
and  video,  in  literature  and  design  —  can  help  instill 
values,  create  pride  in  our  cultural  heritage,  and  engen- 
der a  sense  of  self-worth.  Children  who  pick  up  a  paint- 
brush or  a  pen,  a  clarinet  or  a  fistful  of  clay  are  less  likely 


to  pick  up  a  needle  or  a  gun.  They've  got  better  things  to  do. 

In  my  visits  to  communities  in  every  state,  I 
have  witnessed  over  and  over  again  the  almost  magical 
power  that  the  arts  have  to  instill  pride,  wonder,  and  cre- 
ative purpose  in  youth.  The  stories  that  follow  describe 
just  a  few  of  the  projects  that  are  successfully  drawing  on 
this  power. 

While  support  from  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts  and  its  state  partners  helped  to  make 
these  projects  possible,  none  could  have  happened  with- 
out the  dedicated  commitment  of  individual  artists,  of- 
ten working  with  parents,  teachers,  arts  institutions,  and 
local  agencies.  These  projects  draw  their  energy  from  the 
local  level,  and  the  people  who  make  them  happen  are 
grass-roots  heroes.  Such  success  requires  hard  work  and  care- 
ful planning  with  concerned  professionals  and  volunteers 
who  understand  their  communities  and  young  people. 

This  book  was  developed  and  supported 
through  the  cooperative  efforts  of  the  National  Assembly 
of  State  Arts  Agencies,  the  Department  of  Justice,  the 
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services,  and  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts.  I  would  like  to  thank 
our  partners  for  helping  us  share  so  vividly  the  powerful 
evidence  that  the  arts  are  truly  part  of  the  solution.  And 
I  trust  the  stories  in  this  book  will  inspire  others  to 
reach,  to  teach,  to  give  of  themselves  for  the  good  of  our 
children. 

Jane  Alexander 
Chairman 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


Dancing  into  the  Future 


* 


Samuel  LeSane,  a  former  dancer  with  the  Ailey  Repertory  Ensemble,  teaches  a 
jazz  class  to  kids  at  the  AileyCamp  in  Baltimore,  Maryland. 
Photo  by  Barbara  Haddock,  Tloe  Baltimore  Sun 


by  Jean  Marbella 


They  make  their  way  onto  the  stage  of  the  cool, 
dark  auditorium,  some  slouching,  some  snap- 
ping gum,  most  with  that  arms-folded,  don't- 
mess-with-me  attitude  of  the  preteen  set. 

But  Samuel  LeSane  will  have  none  of  it.  The 
trim  and  finely  muscled  dancer  strides  to  center  stage,  is- 
sues some  crisp  commands,  and  rearranges  the  clumps  of 
students  into  neat,  staggered  rows.  He  signals  a  pianist 
and  drummer  in  the  corner,  the  music  begins,  the  chat- 
tering and  horseplay  stop,  and,  almost  imperceptibly, 
heads  are  held  a  little  higher  and  backs  a  little  straighter. 
Class  is  underway. 

Such  is  the  transformative  power  of  dance. 
While  their  friends  were  sleeping  late  and  laz- 
ing away  the  summer,  some  one  hundred  Baltimore 
middle  school  students,  many  from  the  city's  most  dis- 
advantaged neighborhoods,  spent  their  Mondays 
through  Fridays,  9  a.m.  to  4  p.m.,  at  AileyCamp,  an  in- 
tensive, six- week  program  of  dance  taught  by  faculty  of 
the  renowned  Alvin  Alley  American  Dance  Center  and 
local  professionals  from  the  Baltimore  city  schools. 

With  little  if  any  prior  dance  training,  the 
students  initially  struggled  to  master  the  formal  art  of 
ballet,  the  explosive  energy  of  jazz,  the  intense  and 
grounded  movements  of  modern,  and  the  Afro-Carib- 
bean-based technique  of  Katherine  Dunham.  Yet  after 
six  weeks,  the  campers  put  on  a  performance  for  their 
parents,  friends,  and  other  supporters,  taking  proudly  to  the 
stage  to  show  the  happy  results  of  all  their  hard  work 

But  beyond  the  sweat  and  the  sore  muscles,  the 
pasdebourree  steps  and  the  port  de  bras  arm  movements, 
larger  and  perhaps  more  important  lessons  were  learned  as 
well:  the  rewards  of  discipline,  new  modes  of  self-expres- 
sion, and  new  avenues  toward  self-esteem.  And  they've  learned 
to  trust  and  work  with  their  peers  who,  just  six  weeks  ago,  were 
strangers  from  other  neighborhoods  and  backgrounds. 


"Alvin  envisioned  dance  as  a  sort  of  tool,  a 
camouflage  of  what  the  real  purpose  of  the  camp  is 
about,"  says  Mr.  LeSane,  a  former  dancer  with  the  Ailey 
Repertory  Ensemble  who  now  teaches  jazz  at  the  camp, 
as  well  as  at  the  Alvin  Ailey  American  Dance  Center. 
"He  wanted  to  create  something  specifically  for  what 
middle-schoolers  need  at  their  age  —  to  help  them  de- 
velop their  self-esteem  and  learn  to  bond  with  one  an- 
other. That  was  his  mission,  and  I  do  believe  in  it.  Just 
being  physical,  you  feel  better  about  yourself,  you're 
more  energized,  you're  much  more  alert.  That's  all  part 
of  personal  development." 

*js  Growing  Every  Year 

'  \    Now  in  its  fourth  year  in  Maryland,  AileyCamp 
began  in  1991  as  a  small  pilot  program  for  twenty-five 
students  in  Baltimore.  It  has  grown  to  the  point  that  in 
1994,  more  than  eighty-five  students  attended  a  six- 
week  camp  at  Morgan  State  University  in  Baltimore, 
and  about  thirty  participated  in  a  two-week  minicamp  at 
Frostburg  State  University  in  western  Maryland.  The 
program  in  Maryland  is  modeled  on  the  Ailey  com- 
pany's first  camp  in  Kansas  City,  which  began  in  1989. 

Funded  by  both  public  and  private  grants 
(about  a  60-40  split),  AileyCamp  has  won  plaudits  from 
the  community  for  bringing  world  class  dance  to  chil- 
dren who  ordinarily  would  not  be  exposed  to  such  riches. 

"It  is  so  extraordinary,  to  the  point  that  it's  al- 
most unique,  that  dancers  the  caliber  of  the  Alvin  Ailey 
company  would  settle  in  here  and  do  something  like 
this,"  marvels  Jim  Backas,  executive  director  of  the 
Maryland  State  Arts  Council,  which  along  with  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts  has  supported 
AileyCamp  since  its  inception.  And  the  contribution  of 
the  Ailey  staff  goes  beyond  artistic  excellence,  Mr. 
Backas  adds.  The  Ailey  staff  also  brings  a  genuine 


Q 
CO 


3- 

(D 

-n 

c_ 

c 

—I 
CD 


D 


CO 

O 


o 

3 


dedication  to  serving  its  communities.  "They're  such 
wonderful  teachers.  They  relate  so  well  to  the  commu- 
nity," he  says.  "Alvin  [Ailey]  himself  was  like  that.  He  re- 
ally cared.  They're  such  positive  people;  they  don't  dwell 
on  the  underprivileged  aspect.  They  instead  dwell  on  the 
richness  of  the  American  experience." 

In  1 990  the  arts  council  also  helped  to  estab- 
lish the  Alvin  Ailey  Dance  Theater  Foundation  of  Mary- 
land, which  is  a  separate  organization  dedicated  to  pro- 
moting the  work  of  the  Alvin  Ailey  Company  and  to 
sponsoring  the  AileyCamps  in  Maryland.  The  camp  is 
one  part  of  the  foundation's  ongoing  community  out- 
reach program.  During  company  tours,  the  dancers  often 

visit  local  schools,  conducting    

master  classes  and  workshops. 
The  second  company,  the 
Repertory  Ensemble,  tours  the 
state  as  well,  often  performing 
in  small-town  venues.  The 
performances  and  the  out- 
reach programs  have  devel- 
oped a  symbiotic  relationship  —  one  creates  an  interest  in 
the  other.  The  performances  attract  children  who  want  to 
participate  in  the  camps  or  workshops,  and  those  pro- 
grams in  turn  create  audiences  for  the  performers. 

While  Maryland's  AileyCamp  is  designed 
for  "at-risk"  children,  Community  Outreach  and 
AileyCamp  Director  Phadelma  Ashley  dislikes  the  label, 
saying,  "Middle  school  children  are  at  risk,  period,  no 
matter  what.  This  is  when  they're  at  risk  for  pregnancy, 
sexually  transmitted  diseases,  alcohol,  drug  abuse." 

Many  of  the  campers  come  from  single-par- 
ent, economically  disadvantaged  families.  Some  have  lost 
family  members  to  crime,  divorce,  or  AIDS,  and  lack  the 
role  models  and  support  systems  they  need  during  this 
critical  time  in  their  development. 


"Middle  school  children  are  at  risk, 

period,  no  matter  what.  This  is  when 

theyWriskforpregnancy,sexually^ 

transmitted  diseases,  alcohol,  drugabuse." 


Camp  administrators  realize  six  weeks  can't 
begin  to  make  a  dent  in  these  problems,  and  so  they  fol- 
low up  with  the  campers.  They  invite  the  kids  to  regular 
monthly  activities  run  in  partnership  with  community 
organizations  like  the  YMCA  and  Camp  Fire  Boys  and 
Girls  and  keep  tabs  on  their  progress. 

"We  stay  in  touch  with  [the  kids']  guidance 
counselors  and  principals  through  periodic  communica- 
tions. We  see  how  their  grades  are  progressing,"  says  Ms. 
Ashley.  "And  we  get  letters  from  families.  Sometimes  we 
don't  realize  the  impact  the  camp  has  had  until  we  hear 
from  them,  how  they  feel  the  camp  has  changed  their 
children's  lives."  She  takes  pride  in  the  success  stories: 

One  of  the  white  campers  went 

on  to  win  a  Black  History 
Month  competition  run  by  a 
television  station.  Others  have 
returned  to  camp  a  second  year 
as  "ambassadors"  who  help  the 
new  campers. 


* 


Bringing  Together  a  Diverse  Group 

Potential  campers  are  recruited  through  school 
systems  and  community  organizations.  The  kids  apply 
for  the  program  and  are  interviewed  by  staff  members. 
"That's  the  hardest  thing,"  Ms.  Ashley  says.  "We  look 
for  a  mix  —  some  of  them  may  exhibit  leadership  skills, 
and  some  don't  —  so  we  think  they  can  help  each  other. 
We  look  for  students  who  seem  on  the  edge  —  some, 
for  example,  come  from  single-parent  homes  or  have 
had  a  death  in  the  family  or  a  sister  who  has  become 
pregnant.  Others  who  have  not  been  functioning  well  in 
school,  or  have  sought  counseling,  or  do  not  necessarily 
get  to  experience  cultural  activities." 

For  Aaron  Ellis,  a  divorced  father  who  has 
custody  of  his  two  young  daughters,  the  camp  seemed 


like  a  godsend.  "She  was  going  through  changes  in  her 
life,  and  she  needed  a  little  help,"  Mr.  Ellis  says  of  his 
eleven-year-old  daughter  Helena.  "I've  noticed  that  she 
really  seems  to  have  matured  through  this  program.  She 
enjoyed  meeting  and  making  a  lot  of  new  friends.  She 
liked  the  teachers;  they  would  talk  to  her  and  suggest 
books  she  could  read." 

Helena  was  one  of  six  girls  placed  in  the 
camp  through  a  community  group,  the  Coalition  of  1 00 
Black  Women,  which  pairs  the  young  women  with 
mentors.  "I'm  impressed  with  the  total  experience,"  says 
Dr.  Ann  Emery,  president  of  the  coalition  and  a  retired 
assistant  superintendent  for  Baltimore  public  schools. 
"You  develop  the  whole  self." 

Indeed,  in  addition  to  four  dance  classes,  the 
campers  take  classes  in  creative  writing  and  personal  de- 
velopment. Between  those  six  classes,  the  children  gener- 
ally can  find  at  least  one  if  not  more  places  in  which  to 
shine.  "They  push  you  a  lot.  They  push  for  your  effort, 
like,  your  willpower,"  one  camper,  twelve-year-old  Mar- 
garet Wilson,  says  of  her  teachers.  "But  I  like  it.  I  like 
creative  writing.  We  have  to  make  up  stories  —  and  I 
have  a  lot  of  ideas." 

In  creative  writing,  the  students  work  on  sto- 
ries, monologues,  and  scenes.  Reading  their  composition 
books  can  be  a  surprising,  sobering  glimpse  into  what 
these  youngsters  confront  on  a  daily  basis:  there  are  sto- 
ries about  pregnant  girls  and  scenes  of  shootings  outside 
their  windows  and  homeless  people  living  in  the  filth  of 
the  streets.  It's  no  wonder  that  for  some  students,  the 
camp  is  a  refuge  of  sorts.  "I  have  to  wake  up  early  to 
catch  the  bus  to  get  here,  but  I  like  it,"  says  LaDeia 
Lashley,  age  eleven.  "It's  better  to  be  in  camp  and  stay 
off  the  streets  and  get  away  from  the  violence." 

Teaching  the  non-dance  classes  are  Sheila 
Davis,  the  chairman  of  the  guidance  department  at  a 


Baltimore  middle  school,  who  teaches  the  personal  de- 
velopment classes;  and  Tony  Tsendeas,  a  teacher  at  the 
Baltimore  School  for  the  Arts,  who  has  taught  creative 
writing  to  the  campers  for  four  years.  As  another  form  of 
creative  expression,  the  students'  writing  is  used  in  the 
performance  that  concludes  the  camp:  some  perform 
monologues  they've  written,  others  act  in  scenes  written 
by  their  classmates. 

^L^  An  Emphasis  on  Discipline 

^  \    Whatever  the  class,  the  teachers  demand  both  ef- 
fort and  compliance.  Goofing  off,  talking  in  the  back  of 
the  room,  or  showing  disrespect  for  the  teachers  or  fel- 
low students  simply  isn't  tolerated.  Yet  within  the  struc- 
ture, there  is  room  for  individual  attention  and  caring  — 
if  there  is  one  thing  that  this  diverse  group  of  children 
share,  it's  a  tangible  need  for  someone  to  just  listen  and 
take  their  concerns  seriously. 

"I  like  my  teachers.  They  have  more  time  for 
you  than  teachers  at  school,"  says  Crystal  Jones,  age 
twelve.  "They  listen  to  you.  When  I  first  came  here,  I 
didn't  know  anybody.  I  was,  like,  shy.  But  now  I've 
made  friends.  Your  friends,  you  can  tell  them  things." 

"You  like  me,  you  enjoy  having  me  in  class, 
don't  you?  Can  I  stay  for  your  next  class?"  one  girl  ca- 
joles, throwing  an  arm  around  Doris  DeMendez,  who 
teaches  the  Dunham  technique.  "Oh,  I  don't  even  want 
you  in  this  class,"  the  teacher  jokes,  even  as  she  returns 
the  hug.  "We  don't  realize  sometimes  how  much  atten- 
tion some  of  these  kids  need,"  Ms.  DeMendez  says  later. 
"It's  amazing  how  much  they  crave  it." 

Ms.  DeMendez,  who  has  danced  on  Broad- 
way and  appeared  in  movies  such  as  The  Wiz,  has  been 
with  the  AileyCamp  for  five  years,  joining  the  Baltimore 
staff  after  serving  as  both  a  teacher  and  the  artistic 
director  of  the  Kansas  City  camp  for  two  years.  "The 


Q 

Q 

3' 
CO 


CD 

-n 

c 


Q 


GO 
O 


o 

3 


hardest  part,  I  would  say,  is  getting  the  kids  used  to  the 
discipline  of  dance,  whatever  technique  is  being  taught," 
she  says.  "It's  hard  getting  them  to  just  stand  still;  they 
keep  asking,  'Why  can't  we  just  move  around?' " 

That,  of  course,  is  what  makes  dance  an  art: 
It  is  controlled  rather  than  random  movement,  purpose- 
ful rather  than  meaningless.  And  it  is  what  makes  dance 
the  perfect  vehicle  for  what  the  teachers  want  to  impart 
to  their  students. 

The  lessons  begin  with  the  dress  code.  Camp- 
ers are  issued  tights,  leotards,  shorts,  AileyCamp  T- 
shirts,  and  ballet  shoes.  Hair  must  be  off  the  face.  The 
uniforms  serve  a  dual  function:  They're  necessary  for  the 
stretching,  bending,  and  jumping  of  dancing,  of  course. 
But  more  subdy,  they  make  clothing  less  important  and 
less  of  a  means  for  getting  attention  and  feeling  good 
about  yourself.  Rather,  performing  well  in  class  is  the 
way  to  succeed. 

And  the  dress  code  is  enforced.  "This  is  not 
acceptable,"  Tom  Stevens  declares  after  half  a  dozen  of 
his  ballet  students  show  up  without  their  slippers  and  he 
takes  down  names  to  call  their  parents.  "All  of  the  rules 
should  be  very  clear  by  now."  The  students  have  to  sit 
out  the  class  —  which  initially  may  seem  like  a  treat,  but 
there's  no  socializing  allowed,  just  silent  auditing  from  a 
corner  of  the  airy  dance  studio. 

**/f  Building  on  the  Basics 

'  \    The  classes  are  run  in  the  time-honored  progres- 
sion of  warm-ups,  simple  exercises,  larger  movements, 
and,  finally,  combinations  that  link  steps,  turns,  and/or 
jumps  in  a  memory-challenging  way. 

In  Mr.  LeSane's  jazz  class,  for  example,  class 
begins  with  head  rolls,  then  shoulder  rolls,  moving  incre- 
mentally to  arm  extensions,  torso  isolations,  hip  swivels, 
and  on  to  patterns  that  take  the  students  upstage,  down- 


stage, and  diagonally  across.  As  the  exercises  become 
more  strenuous,  the  class  is  divided  into  smaller  groups 
so  that  some  can  do  the  sequences  while  the  rest  take 
quick  breathers.  It's  a  popular  class  among  the  students. 
The  showy,  Broadway-style  moves  are  a  perfect  oudet 
for  their  energies.  Students  immediately  line  up  to  do 
the  exercises  a  second  and  even  third  time. 

"What  I  try  to  do  is  capitalize  on  all  this  en- 
ergy," Mr.  LeSane  says.  He  teaches  the  students  how, 
once  they've  completed  their  exercise,  to  circle  around 
the  perimeter  of  the  stage,  rather  than  straight  across  the 
center  where  their  classmates  are  dancing.  "It's  not  only 
dangerous,"  Mr.  LeSane  says  of  the  collision  factor,  "but 
it's  disrespectful  to  the  performer." 

As  the  camp  progresses,  the  children  seem 
more  of  a  unit.  They've  come  from  all  over  the  city,  as 
well  as  some  surrounding  counties,  and  most  knew  no 
more  than  one  or  two  of  the  other  campers  from  their 
schools  or  neighborhoods. 

The  majority  of  those  attending  the  camp  at 
Morgan  State  are  African-American,  reflecting  the  racial 
makeup  of  Baltimore.  The  minicamp  at  Frostburg  draws 
more  white  students,  given  western  Maryland's  popula- 
tion base.  The  organizers  continually  strive  for  more  di- 
versity, and  have  reached  out  to  Jewish,  Asian,  Hispanic, 
and  Native  American  communities  in  an  effort  to  draw 
more  applicants.  In  addition  to  their  dance  and  writing 
classes,  the  campers  have  once-a-week  cultural  celebra- 
tion activities,  where,  for  example,  they've  watched  per- 
formances by  African,  Israeli,  and  Korean  dancers. 

While  the  camp  is  not  designed  to  turn  out 
professional  dancers,  the  students  work  towards  a  perfor- 
mance that  they  give  at  the  end  of  their  six-week  sunt. 
This  year  the  performance  was  held  at  Morgan  State's 
Murphy  Auditorium  on  the  night  before  the  final  day  of 
camp.  The  performance  drew  parents,  friends,  and  sup- 


porters  of  the  camp.  The  occasion  marked  an  achieve- 
ment for  them,  too.  For  parents,  it's  a  chance  to  see  for 
themselves  what  their  children  talked  about  all  sum- 
mer —  the  new  dance  steps,  the  new  friendships,  the 
new  experiences.  The  performance  is  like  a  graduation 
ceremony,  one  of  those  rites  of  passage  where  parents 
stop  and  marvel  at  how  their  children  are  growing  up  so 
fast.  For  supporters,  it's  a  chance  to  see  their  fund-raising 
efforts  pay  off. 

j^  A  Triumphant  Finale  for  All 

k  \     "I  think  our  accomplishments  are  two-fold,"  says 
Richard  C.  Hackney,  an  investment  counselor  who 
serves  as  chairman  of  the  board  of  the  Alvin  Ailey  Dance 
Theater  Foundation  of  Maryland.  "First  are  the  wonder- 
ful audiences  that  we've  been  able  to  attract  for  the  per- 
formances in  Maryland  by  the  Ailey  dance  companies, 
and  second  is  what  you're  going  to  see  tonight:  the  ac- 
complishment of  the  kids  and  their  pride." 

Before  the  performance,  the  children  are 
practically  bouncing  off  walls.  One  girl  needs  ballet  slip- 
pers, one  boy  needs  a  bobby  pin  for  his  yarmulke,  a 
group  practices  their  part  of  a  dance.  They're  all  bundles 
of  barely  containable  emotions,  ranging  from  nervous- 
ness to  excitement  to  a  rather  poignant  sadness  that  the 
experience  is  almost  over.  Hugs  and  photos  abound.  "I 
can't  handle  this,  I'm  going  to  miss  everyone,"  one  girl 
whispers  to  another. 

The  teachers,  beaming  with  pride  and  joy 
themselves,  work  to  settle  and  focus  their  students.  The 
now  familiar  signal  to  quiet  down  —  arm  raised,  two 
fingers  up  —  circulates  from  teacher  to  teacher  to  stu- 
dent to  student  until  everyone  is  silent  and  the  group 
takes  on  a  remarkable  calm. 

Just  before  going  on  stage  Ms.  Ashley  tells  the 
students  softly,  "All  our  spirit  will  radiate  through  dance 


tonight."  And  indeed  for  AileyCamp's  teachers,  parents, 
and  audience  members  the  spirit  was  there. 

Once  on  stage,  they  turn  into  pros.  They 
stride  confidently  on  stage  to  perform  the  choreography 
of  their  teachers,  who  are  the  real  pros  and  have  created 
dances  that  are  imaginative  yet  appropriate  for  the  stu- 
dents' abilities.  Dances  are  mixed  with  monologues  and 
scenes  that  the  students  wrote. 

There  is  an  extended  dance  that  starts  with 
two  groups  of  gangs,  warily  circling  one  another  like 
West  Side  Story  s  Jets  and  Sharks  or  real  life's  Crips  and 
Bloods,  until  two  begin  a  fatal  fight  and  they  all  disap- 
pear. A  group  of  girls  dressed  in  long  black  skirts  begins 
another  seemingly  unrelated  number,  but  then,  as  gasps 
of  realization  flicker  through  the  audience,  it  turns  into  a 
funeral  for  the  dead  gang  member.  Some  of  the  dancers 
pick  him  up  and  carry  him  high  above  their  heads  and 
off  the  stage,  followed  by  a  group  of  swaying,  mournful 
girls  who  link  arms  and  slowly  disappear  as  well. 

The  recital  ends  on  a  high  note  as  all  one 
hundred  campers  return  to  the  stage  to  the  applause  and 
cheers  of  the  audience.  The  restraint  required  to  get 
through  the  demanding  performance  gives  way  to  the 
students'  natural  energy,  and  they  bask  in  the  limelight 
of  this  one  special  night.  But  they  know  they  didn't  get 
there  alone.  Soon  they're  sharing  the  stage  with  their 
teachers,  who  each  take  a  well-deserved  bow  and  get 
pelted  with  handfuls  of  glitter  from  their  students.  The 
applause  goes  on  and  on  for  an  experience  that  no  one 
wants  to  end.  ■ 

Jean  Marbella  is  a  feature  writer  for  The  Baltimore  Sun. 

For  further  information  on  AileyCamp,  please  contact  the  Mary- 
land State  Arts  Council  at  601  North  Howard  Street,  1st  Floor, 
Baltimore,  MD  21201;  phone  410-333-8232. 


o 

Q 

o_ 

CQ 

5' 
o 


c 
c 

—I 
CD 


A.P.P.L.E.  Corps 

A  Unique  Partnership 


Elementary  school  students  in  Casa  Grande,  Arizona,  met  daily  for  two  weeks 
with  artist  Keith  Johnson  during  an  after-school  residency  in  traditional  Afri- 
can music,  storytelling,  and  mask  making. 
Photo  by  Barbara  Doble 


by  Rose  McBride 


k 


t's  three  o'clock  on  a  Wednesday  afternoon,  and 
the  final  school  bell  has  rung.  Do  you  know 
where  your  children  are? 

If  your  children  are  students  at  Cottonwood 
Elementary  School  in  Casa  Grande,  Arizona,  they're  in 
the  school  cafeteria,  listening  to  African  folk  tales  and 
learning  about  African  music  and  dance.  "These  guys 
have  never  played  an  African  drum  before,"  says  guest 
artist  Keith  Johnson,  referring  to  two  boys  who  are 
busily  teaching  the  drumbeats  they've  learned  to  their 
classmates,  "but  they've  practiced  enough  in  the  last 
couple  of  days  that  they  can  teach  the  others  a  simple 
beat.  And  that  makes  them  leaders  in  this  group  of 
kids."  As  participants  in  an  after-school  program  run  by 
the  town's  Parks  and  Recreation  Department,  the  kids 
are  spending  two  weeks  with  Johnson  in  an  A.P.P.L.E. 
Corps  residency. 

As  a  special  program  of  the  Arizona  Commis- 
sion on  the  Arts,  the  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  provides  grants  to 
after-school  programs  in  schools,  community  centers, 
and  parks  and  recreation  programs  across  the  state  to 
fund  guest  artist  residencies.  Its  purpose  is  to  facilitate 
and  support  programs  that  help  Arizona's  children, 
families,  and  communities  reject  drugs.  The  A.P.P.L.E. 
Corps  is  a  partnership  of  Artists,  Private  enterprise  pro- 
fessionals, Prosecutors,  Law  enforcement  officials,  and 
Educators.  These  partners  are  unified  by  the  belief  that 
experiences  in  the  arts  are  opportunities  to  build  confi- 
dence, self-esteem,  and  pride,  providing  children  and 
adults  with  productive  activities  that  strengthen  their  re- 
solve to  turn  away  from  substance  abuse. 

During  its  five-year  history,  the  AP.P.L.E.  Corps 
program  has  reached  approximately  33,000  educators,  after- 
school  program  staff,  students,  and  parents  across  the  state  of 
Arizona.  It  is  currenuy  funded  by  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  and  the  Maricopa  County  Attorney's  Office. 


2?*  Developing  New  Partners 
1  "     The  origin  of  this  unique  partnership  dates  to 
1989.  At  that  time,  lobbying  efforts  of  the  statewide  arts 
advocacy  organization,  Arizonans  for  Cultural  Develop- 
ment, and  the  Arizona  Commission  on  the  Arts  resulted 
in  the  establishment  of  an  increased  fee  for  profit-mak- 
ing corporations  filing  annually  with  the  Arizona  Corpo- 
ration Commission.  The  fees  created  the  Arizona  Arts 
Trust  Fund,  a  fund  of  approximately  one  million  dollars 
annually,  which  in  addition  to  the  state  appropriation  to 
the  arts  commission  was  dedicated  solely  to  the  Arizona 
arts  community. 

Immediately  after  the  fund  was  established,  a 
strong  movement  began  in  the  Arizona  State  Legislature 
to  divert  the  arts  money  for  non-arts  programs  that  ad- 
dressed crime  prevention.  Although  not  previously  allied 
with  the  arts  community  nor  responsible  for  the  admin- 
istration of  the  fund,  Maricopa  County  Attorney 
Richard  M.  Romley  spontaneously  stepped  forward  to 
speak  out  against  shifting  the  money  away  from  arts- 
based  programs  to  crime  prevention  programs. 

"After  studying  the  issue  I  decided  not  to. 
support  the  transfer  of  these  monies  to  law  enforce- 
ment," said  Romley,  in  his  recent  testimony  before  the 
United  States  House  of  Representatives  Interior  Appro- 
priations Subcommittee  with  oversight  for  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts.  "In  view  of  my  position  as  a 
prosecutor,  my  opposition  to  transferring  more  money 
to  law  enforcement  surprised  some.  However,  I  believed 
then,  as  I  do  today,  that  if  we  abandon  the  positive  con- 
tributions of  art  to  our  society  in  order  to  fight  the  drug 
war,  then  the  drug  dealers  have  won  again.  They  should 
not  be  permitted  to  take  from  our  community  that 
which  is  good." 

Romley  initiated  a  lobbying  effort  and  even- 
tually persuaded  state  legislators  not  to  divert  the 


> 


n 

o 


-Q 

c 
CD 

"D 

Q 


Q 


CO 
O 


o 

3 


Arizona  Arts  Trust  Fund  to  non-arts  programs.  His  lead- 
ership also  opened  the  door  for  two  diverse  groups  — 
the  arts  community  and  law  enforcement  —  to  come  to- 
gether and  explore  solutions  to  the  extraordinarily  com- 
plex problem  of  drug  abuse.  During  early  brainstorming 
sessions,  several  mutual  beliefs  surfaced:  that  unusual, 
creative  partnerships  were  required  to  address  issues  of 
drug  abuse,  and  that  the  arts  had  special  qualities  that 
could  be  applied  to  such  partnerships.  Resolving  to  seek 
additional  community  input,  representatives  from  the 
Maricopa  County  Attorney's  Office,  Arizonans  for  Cul- 
tural Development,  and  the  Arizona  Commission  on  the 
Arts  approached  the  Phoenix  Police  Department,  the 

Arizona  Department  of  

Education,  local  artists,  arts 
organizations,  and  arts  agen- 
cies. This  varied  cross-sec- 
tion nonetheless  shared 
common  ground.  With  the 
gathering  of  these  propo- 
nents, the  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps 
was  formed  —  a  partnership 
based  on  the  premise  that 
drug  problems  pose  a  serious 

threat  to  the  community  and  that  creative  solutions 
from  all  parts  of  the  community  would  be  necessary  to 
create  change. 

2j*  Recognizing  a  New  Constituency 
\  *      Initially,  the  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  functioned  as  a  re- 
source listing  of  arts  groups  across  the  state  offering  pro- 
grams with  an  antidrug  message  for  school-age  audi- 
ences. When  the  Arizona  Department  of  Education 
announced  that  schools  would  be  permitted  to  use  drug 
prevention  funds  for  arts  events,  it  soon  became  clear 
that  the  demand  for  antidrug  arts  programming  would 


exceed  the  availability  of  such  offerings.  In  his  role  as 
county  attorney,  Romley  administers  the  Maricopa 
County  Anti-Racketeering  Revolving  Fund  (or  RICO 
fund),  created  by  state  statute  and  consisting  of  assets 
seized  from  drug  dealers.  Demonstrating  his  commit- 
ment to  the  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps,  Romley  awarded 
$20,000  from  the  RICO  fund  to  the  Arizona  Commis- 
sion on  the  Arts  to  regrant  to  arts  organizations  for  the 
development  of  programs  with  antidrug  themes.  Imme- 
diately afterward,  Romley  further  strengthened  the  partner- 
ship between  the  arts  and  law  enforcement  by  successfully 
advocating  that  the  legislative  language  on  the  uses  of  RICO 
funds  be  broadened  to  include  prevention  programs. 

While  research- 


"...  if  we  abandon  the  positive 
contributions  of  art  to  our  society  in 
order  to  fight  the  drug  war,  then  the 
drug  dealers  have  won  again.  They 
should  not  be  permitted  to  take  from 
our  community  that  which  is  good." 


ing  new  outlets  for  serving 
Arizona's  youth  through  the 
A.P.P.L.E.  Corps,  the  arts 
commission  became  aware 
of  the  increasing  number  of 
quality  after-school  pro- 
grams across  the  state,  which 
often  lacked  both  arts  pro- 
gramming and  the  opportu- 
nity to  receive  arts  funding. 
Further,  after-school  programs  were  operating  in  a  vari- 
ety of  community-based  settings,  such  as  YMCAs,  Boys 
and  Girls  Clubs,  and  parks  and  recreation  centers,  but 
were  not  participating  in  any  of  the  commission's  fund- 
ing programs.  Since  they  operate  during  hours  when 
children  are  often  not  supervised,  the  connection  with 
potentially  at-risk  youth  was  clear. 

"Today,  all  kids  are  at  risk,  some  to  a  higher 
degree  than  others  because  of  environmental  factors  such 
as  poverty,  crime,  and  abuse,"  says  Linda  Siciliano,  child 
care  director  at  Phoenix's  South  Mountain  YMCA,  "But 
the  kids  who  are  most  at  risk  are  those  who  are  alone 


after  school.  Teen  sex,  drug  use,  gang  activity  —  these 
things  are  most  prevalent  when  the  school  day  ends  and 
there's  nothing  else  to  do."  According  to  Pam  Willier, 
recreation  coordinator  for  the  Phoenix  Parks,  Recre- 
ation, and  Library  Department,  "One  of  the  problems 
facing  kids  is  the  abundance  of  free  time,  especially  after 
school.  One  of  the  things  we  try  to  do  is  fill  that  time 
with  positive  activities  - —  and  that  doesn't  mean  just 
volleyball  and  basketball.  The  arts  should  be  a  part  of  it, 
too,  because  they  can  really  hook  a  kid  and  steer  him  or 
her  in  a  positive  direction."  With  these  considerations  in 
mind,  the  arts  commission  identified  after-school  pro- 
grams as  ideal  candidates  for  a  new  funding  program. 
Subsequently,  grants  were  sought  and  received  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  and  the  Maricopa 
County  RICO  fund  to  develop  a  program  that  would 
connect  after-school  programs  statewide  with  artists  and 
arts  organizations. 

2|*  Getting  Started 

I         After-school  program  directors  immediately  re- 
sponded with  excitement.  Recalls  Gwen  Worthington, 
community  education  director  of  Phoenix's  Creighton 
School  District,  "My  first  thought  was  that  finally  we 
would  have  an  opportunity  —  and  the  means  —  to  en- 
rich our  after-school  program  through  the  arts,  in  a  way 
that  addressed  our  specific  needs.  Other  grant  programs 
were  not  as  accessible  to  us,  because  they  were  limited  to 
a  regular  school  day  schedule.  But  learning  continues 
throughout  the  day." 

Eligible  applicants,  who  were  defined  as  es- 
tablished after-school  programs  affiliated  with  parks  and 
recreation  programs,  neighborhood  centers,  boys  and 
girls  clubs,  or  school  districts,  were  encouraged  to  apply 
to  the  arts  commission  through  a  competitive  process. 
Funding  priority  would  be  given  to  sites  with  limited 


access  to  arts  programming,  sites  with  youth  populations 
at  a  high  risk  for  drug  abuse  and  gang  involvement,  or 
sites  located  in  rural  communities.  Applicants  also  had  to 
demonstrate  their  administrative  capability  to  complete 
the  project,  prove  their  projects  focused  primarily  on 
working  with  children  and  increasing  staff  skills  in  the 
arts,  and  show  they  had  worked  collaboratively  with  the 
guest  artist  in  planning  the  project. 

i?*  The  Residency  Design 
i        To  date,  seventy-eight  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  grants 
have  been  awarded.  Since  some  grantees  choose  to  use 
their  funds  at  more  than  one  site,  a  total  of  174  separate 
after-school  programs  will  have  participated  in  residen- 
cies by  the  end  of  the  1994-95  school  year.  Projects 
feature  diverse  artists  and  disciplines  within  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  structures.  In  each  of  the  projects,  after-school 
program  directors  select  artists  from  the  commission's 
artist  roster.  After-school  program  directors  and  artists 
collaborate  to  develop  short-term  residencies  featuring 
three  types  of  activities:  staff  training,  workshops  for 
children,  and  professional  presentations  of  the  artists' 
work  to  the  community. 

In  training  sessions  with  staff  members,  artists 
concentrate  on  increasing  skills  in  a  specific  arts  disci- 
pline, using  videotapes,  slide  shows,  lesson  plans,  and  the 
same  hands-on  activities  that  will  be  presented  during 
workshops  with  children.  The  benefits  of  the  arts  in 
building  communication  skills,  promoting  creativity, 
and  encouraging  self-expression  —  all  tools  in  drug  pre- 
vention —  are  also  emphasized. 

"I  particularly  liked  the  hands-on  experiences 
the  staff  received  as  they  made  their  own  puppets  and 
experienced  success  at  creating  something  of  their  own 
design,"  said  Nancy  Kiser,  after-school  program  director 
of  Phoenix's  Alhambra  School  District.  "I  believe  that 


> 


O 
O 


3 

-O' 

c 
CD 

~o 
Q 

-i 

3" 

CD 


Q 


GO 
O 


o 
- 


they  have  found  a  creativity  and  resourcefulness  that 
they  did  not  realize  they  possessed." 

Helping  after-school  program  staff  develop 
skills  and  ideas  for  using  the  arts  to  work  with  kids  dur- 
ing —  and  more  importandy,  after  — the  project  is  the 
primary  goal.  "The  beauty  of  this  program  is  in  the  staff 
training,"  says  Gwen  Worthington,  "After-school  pro- 
grams have  a  very  high  student  turnover  during  the  year, 
so  a  project  that  includes  exciting,  lively  experiences  spe- 
cifically for  staff  really  has  an  impact.  Maybe  it's  not  seen 
immediately,  but  the  artist's  influence  is  long-lasting  and 
pervasive.  We  could  never  have  trained  our  staff  in  the 
way  that  the  artists  have." 

Artists  also  work 
direcdy  with  the  children  in 
workshops  that  don't  neces- 
sarily focus  on  antidrug 
themes,  but  which  do  use  the 
experience  of  making  art  as  a 
vehicle  for  practicing  coopera- 
tion, finding  alternate  solu- 
tions to  conflicts,  and  increas- 
ing pride,  self-esteem,  and 

confidence.  "We  wanted  the  kids  to  realize  they  have  tal- 
ents and  abilities  and  have  a  valuable  contribution  to 
make,"  said  Downtown  Phoenix  YMCA  Executive  Di- 
rector Lisa  Druin  on  her  project  with  muralist  Martin 
Moreno.  "It's  a  strategy  to  build  their  self-confidence  so 
they  won't  feel  like  there's  nothing  better  for  them  to  do 
than  get  involved  in  drugs  and  other  forms  of  antisocial 
behavior."  The  resulting  mural  from  the  YMCA  project 
is  on  permanent  display  in  the  cafeteria  of  Phoenix's 
Wilson  Elementary  School.  It  is  painted  on  three  four- 
by-eight-foot  panels,  and  depicts  shadowy  figures  of  chil- 
dren rising  above  images  of  pollution,  crime,  and  pov- 
erty. "I've  always  wanted  to  paint  a  mural,"  said  Jose 


" . . .  the  kidswhoare  mostatriskarethose 

who  are  alone  after  school.  Teen  sex, 

drug  use,  gang  activity  —  these  things  are 

most  prevalentwhen  the  school  day  ends 

and  there's  nothing  else  to  do." 


Lopez,  an  eighth-grader  who  volunteered  his  skills  to 
help  the  grade-schoolers  who  participated  in  the  resi- 
dency. "This  was  the  only  chance  I'd  ever  have." 

A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  projects  must  also  include  a 
professional  presentation  of  the  artist's  work,  and  project 
directors  have  been  very  creative  in  showcasing  their 
guest  artists.  Residents  of  Page,  a  rural  community  on 
the  edge  of  Navajo  Indian  Reservation,  had  the  opportu- 
nity to  visit  the  town's  only  art  gallery  during  a  two- 
week  exhibition  of  Navajo  rugs  and  jewelry  crafted  by 
artist  Nanaba  Aragon,  who  presented  a  residency  at  Page 
Middle  School.  In  preparation  for  a  project  with  mural- 
ist Martin  Moreno,  the  Scottsdale  Recreation  Division 

held  a  public  meeting  for 
residents  living  adjacent  to 
the  site  where  a  large  out- 
door mural  was  to  be 
painted.  Moreno  discussed 
the  history  of  mural  art, 
presented  a  slide  lecture  of 
his  work,  and  described 
the  process  through  which 
the  mural  would  be  devel- 
oped. Once  a  magnet  for  spray-paint  "taggers,"  the  wall 
on  which  the  mural  was  painted  remains  free  of  gang 
graffiti  more  than  a  year  after  its  completion. 

2|*  A  Challenge  With  Rewards 

1        Artists  have  found  that  working  in  after-school 
programs  is  a  challenging  endeavor  with  many  rewards. 
"It  was  a  totally  new  experience,  working  with  the  South 
Tucson  Youth  Center  and  the  children  involved  in  the 
after-school  program,"  said  Leon  Myron,  a  Native 
American  artist  whose  residency,  sponsored  by  the  Tuc- 
son Parks  and  Recreation  Department,  taught  grade- 
schoolers  about  traditional  Hopi  Kachina  doll  carving. 


-  ru  1m 


£v 


Photo  by  Lois  McFarland,  Scottsdale  Progress  Tribune 


A  graphic  testament  to  the  impact  of  art, 
these  two  photographs  depict  the  same 
wall  in  Paiute  Park  in  Scottsdale,  Ari- 
zona. On  the  left,  the  graffiti-covered 
wall  before  the  Scottsdale  Recreation  Department's 
A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  Project.  On  the  right,  students 
work  diligendy  on  the  mural,  whose  theme  and 
content  they  decided  during  a  residency  with 
Phoenix  artist  Martin  Moreno. 


Q 


GO 

o_ 

c 

o' 

3 


"They  really  got  me  thinking  about  how  we  as  artists  can 
challenge  ourselves  to  give  more  of  ourselves  and  help 
change  kids'  attitudes  about  themselves  —  and  about 
other  cultures."  Since  many  of  the  projects  focus  on  art 
forms  that  have  specific  cultural  origins,  participating 
students  have  the  chance  to  learn  about  another  culture 
firsthand  —  a  valuable  experience  in  developing  respect 
for  others. 

Tucson  musician  Chuck  Koesters,  who 
worked  with  his  wife,  dancer  Anne  Bunker,  in  a  resi- 
dency with  the  Boys  and  Girls  Clubs  of  Tucson,  adds: 
"Most  of  the  students  we  worked  with  were  fairly  young, 
and  most  expressed  a  real  fear  of  gangs  and  drugs.  In  a 
community  ravaged  by  gangs  and  drugs,  children  have 
to  'grow  up'  or  'harden'  to  survive.  I  feel  our  project  gave 
our  students  a  chance  at  self-expression  that  could  free 
them,  if  only  for  a  moment,  of  the  pressure  from  their 
environment  and  show  them  that  opportunities  do  result 
from  choosing  a  different  way  of  acting  and  reacting." 

After-school  programs  have  evolved  over  the 
last  ten  years  to  meet  the  changing  needs  of  the  family, 
according  to  Renee  Chambers,  community  education 
director  of  Madison  School  District  in  Phoenix.  That 
means  accommodating  a  wider  age  range  of  kids,  allow- 
ing for  flexible  scheduling  and  attendance,  and  under- 
standing that  the  kids  have  already  had  a  full  day  of 
structured  classroom  work  by  the  time  they  get  to  work 
with  the  artist.  Still,  says  mask  maker  Maria  Luisa  Ruiz, 
"These  are  wonderful  kids.  They  need  after-school  ac- 
tivities to  keep  them  busy,  where  they  can  share  ideas 
and  interact  with  each  other  in  a  safe  setting.  You  have 
to  be  able  to  relate  to  them  and  become  their  friend  and 
respect  their  traditions."  Adds  Chambers,  "The  love  that 
the  artist  has  for  his  or  her  work  is  absolutely  contagious, 
and  the  kids  pick  up  on  that  when  they  work  together." 
Participating  artists  have  responded  by  reevaluating  their 


ideas  and  adapting  their  methods  of  bringing  art  to  children. 

Although  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  is  still  a  pilot 
project,  participating  after-school  directors  attest  to  the 
impact  of  arts  programming  on  the  kids  served  by  their 
programs.  As  Pam  Willier  says,  "The  arts  have  a  very 
therapeutic  value  that  can  help  kids  communicate  their 
state  of  mind.  It  gives  them  a  chance  to  express  things  going 
on  in  their  lives  in  a  powerful  and  unusual  way." 

Project  directors  have  also  found  that  kids  are 
attracted  to  after-school  programs  in  larger  numbers 
when  an  arts  project  is  included.  Reports  Laura 
Fredericks,  project  director  at  Page  Middle  School,  "It 
was  so  great  to  see  the  number  of  kids  who  wanted  to  be 
here  instead  of  on  the  streets.  Half  of  our  kids  were  reser- 
vation kids,  who  may  never  have  had  this  opportunity 
otherwise."  Noreen  Wernick,  community  education  di- 
rector of  Sunnyslope  Extended  Day  Program  in  Phoe- 
nix, recognized  this  benefit  as  well:  "We  had  many  more 
children  in  our  program  during  the  residency.  There- 
fore, more  were  with  us  rather  than  home  alone.  This 
unique  opportunity  provided  new  exposure  and  opened 
new  doors  for  our  Extended  Day  Program." 

2|*  Future  Directions 

\  *     After-school  programs,  whether  offered  through 
school  districts,  parks  and  recreation  departments,  or 
other  community  organizations,  are  here  to  stay.  As 
professionals  in  a  growing  and  developing  industry, 
after-school  program  directors  are  continuously  fine-tun- 
ing their  offerings  to  reflect  the  changing  needs  of 
the  families  they're  trying  to  serve.  In  spite  of  this, 
money  continues  to  be  tight.  "After-school  programs  do 
not  typically  have  funding,"  says  Renee  Chambers,  "and 
that  means  we  have  to  be  very  creative  in  finding  new 
partnerships,  like  the  one  with  the  Arizona  Commission 
on  the  Arts,  in  order  to  offer  better  programs  each  year." 


Q 


3 
CD 


The  dedication  of  after-school  program  direc- 
tors to  present  quality  arts  opportunities  to  the  kids 
whom  they  serve  cannot  be  ignored,  nor  can  the  anec-  ?** 

dotal  evidence  that  the  arts  do  have  an  impact  on  partici-  ^ 

pating  youth.  "The  Arizona  Commission  on  the  Arts  is  ™ 

committed  to  this  program.  We  have  reached  new  con-  9, 

stituents:  both  students  and  after-school  staffs.  This  pro-  * 

gram  has  challenged  artists  to  adapt  their  presentations  <= 

to  nontraditional  settings.  Based  on  the  response  from  -f 

the  first  three  years  of  activity  in  after-school  programs,  -? 

we  will  find  the  resources  for  the  A.P.P.L.E.  Corps  to 
continue,"  says  Shelley  Cohn,  the  arts  commission's  ex- 
ecutive director. 

"Gangs  and  drugs  are  examples  of  the  at- 
tempts people  make  to  plug  the  holes  in  society  and  to 
reduce  the  pain  of  poverty  and  low  self-esteem,"  Chuck 
Koesters  adds,  "It  will  be  a  long  process  to  fill  the  holes 
with  art  instead.  But  I  think  one  big  advantage  of  art  is 
it's  ability  to  improve  self-confidence  and  self-worth, 
through  the  students'  realization  that  they  can  produce 
something  of  beauty."  Gwen  Worthington  agrees:  "Any- 
thing that  enriches  a  child's  life  has  value,  and  the  arts,  in 
particular,  get  through  to  the  soul  of  a  child."    ■ 

RoseMcBride  is  the  Anti-Drug  A.P. P. L.E.  Corps  Coordinator 
for  the  Arizona  Commission  on  the  Arts. 

For  further  information  on  A.  P.  P.  L.E.  Corps,  please  contact  the 
Arizona  Commission  on  the  Arts  at  417  West  Roosevelt  Avenue, 
Phoenix,  AZ  85003;  phone  602-255-5882. 


Voices  of  Youth 

The  Arts  and  Prevention  in  Vermont 


1 

I 


Detail  of  a  mural  created  by  Vermont  teens  in  foster  care  for 
the  waiting  room  of  the  State  Office  of  Social  and  Rehabilita 
rive  Services.  The  mural  expresses  the  sense  of  isolation  the 
teens  felt  in  entering  foster  care. 


by  Elizabeth  Lawrence 


"Y 


ou  break  it,  you  die,"  may  not  sound  like  a 
personal  and  artistic  breakthrough,  but  for 
fifteen-year-old  Corey  from  Vermont's  ru- 
ral Addison  County,  it  was  a  strong  expression  of  success 
and  pride  in  his  art.  For  over  three  months  he  had 
worked  in  the  ceramic  studio  of  the  Frog  Hollow  State 
Craft  Center  and  destroyed  almost  everything  he  cre- 
ated. In  uttering  these  words  while  presenting  his  tile  for 
a  mural  project,  he  indicated  his  personal  investment 
and  pride  in  his  work.  From  then  on  Corey  achieved  re- 
markable success.  He  created  a  mask,  a  biographical  to- 
tem pole,  and  a  mythical  creature  that  embodied  fantasy 
and  reality  in  a  sophisticated  three-dimensional  work. 
This  opportunity  for  Corey  and  nine  other 
high-risk  teens  was  the  result  of  one  of  the  Vermont 
Council  on  the  Arts'  (VCA)  Voices  of  Youth  projects. 
Entitled  Metamorphosis,  this  project  was  a  collaborative 
effort  between  Middlebury  High  School's  Alternative 
Education  Program,  Addison  County  Counseling  Ser- 
vice, and  Frog  Hollow.  For  ten  months  in  1992-93,  stu- 
dents met  twice  a  week  in  the  Frog  Hollow  Studio  with 
Henry  Tanaka,  the  resident  ceramic  artist,  who  shared 
his  experiences  and  expertise.  Ann  Russell,  a  counselor 
from  the  high  school,  attended  the  sessions  and  observed 
the  behavior  and  personal  development  of  the  youth  in- 
volved. Metamorphosis  was  an  appropriate  name  for  this 
project,  as  the  youth  were  transformed  both  by  their 
work  in  clay  and  their  experience  with  Henry. 

Corey  would  say,  "It  will  come  out  in  the 
clay."  He  was  right.  Out  of  his  work  in  clay  came  re- 
markable creations,  a  sense  of  pride,  improved  self-es- 
teem, and  the  mastery  of  new  skills.  The  project  con- 
cluded in  May  of  1 993  with  an  exhibition  at  the  craft 
center.  That  fall,  Corey  was  among  four  former  students 
who  went  to  Frog  Hollow  asking  for  another  workshop, 
and  so  the  project  continues. 


Henry  Tanaka's  desire  to  work  with  this 
group  of  young  people  at  risk  of  dropping  out  of  school, 
due  to  drug  abuse  or  the  stress  of  teen  parenthood,  came 
from  his  own  experience.  As  a  young  adult,  he  discov- 
ered that  by  working  in  ceramics  he  was  able  to  work 
through  problems  and  put  the  issues  he  was  facing  into 
perspective.  He  was  hoping  for  the  same  results  with  his 
students.  "Corey  came  to  the  first  classes  exhibiting  a  lot 
of  anger  and  violent  tendencies.  He  never  seemed  able  to 
complete  a  piece  and  he  was  a  very  reluctant  participant. 
But  he  was  the  first  student  to  master  throwing  on  the 
wheel,  and  he  developed  remarkable  textural  skills.  As 
much  as  I'd  hoped  for  this  to  work,  I  was  quite  surprised 
by  the  dramatic  change  in  his  behavior  compared  with 
his  initial  attitude.  It  was  quite  amazing  how  the  stu- 
dents' newly  discovered  skills  seemed  to  relate  directly  to 
their  self-confidence." 

Metamorphosis  was  one  of  twelve  VCA 
Voices  of  Youth  projects  funded  in  1992  to  create  part- 
nerships between  the  arts  and  human  services  for  at-risk 
youth.  The  concept  emerged  from  a  series  of  meetings 
held  around  the  state  in  which  the  VCA  gathered  ideas 
for  an  application  to  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts  (NEA).  Artists  and  individuals  representing  arts  or- 
ganizations, state  and  local  human  service  agencies,  drug 
abuse  prevention  programs,  people  with  disabilities,  and 
the  Native  American  Abenaki  community  discussed  the 
problems  and  needs  of  a  number  of  populations.  At  ev- 
ery meeting  concerns  about  the  isolation  and  alienation 
of  youth,  and  the  lack  of  after-school  programs  for  the 
teenage  population  were  raised. 

Jp  It  Does  Happen  Here 

^      A  1 990  study  by  the  National  Rural  Development 
Institute  found  that  rural  youth  are  more  likely  than 
their  city  or  suburban  counterparts  to  face  failure  due  to 


< 

o 

r>' 

CD 


o 

c 


CD 

> 


Q 


(D 

< 
CD 

ZJ 

5' 

13 


< 
CD 

3 
o 

3 


Q 


CO 
O 


o 

3 


involvement  with  crime,  substance  abuse,  and  parental 
neglect.  Rufus  Chaffee,  from  the  Vermont  Office  of  Al- 
cohol and  Drug  Abuse  Programs,  elaborated  on  this: 
"Vermont's  economic  and  social  problems  certainly 
threaten  the  health  and  well-being  of  youth.  But  in  rural 
areas,  perhaps  the  greatest  contributing  factor  to  the  pos- 
sibility of  failure  for  youth  is  isolation." 

Most  of  Vermont's  residents  live  on  farms  or 
in  small  communities  set  far  apart  from  one  another. 
Mountainous  terrain,  poverty,  extreme  weather  condi- 
tions, limited  services,  and  lack  of  transportation  con- 
tribute significantly  to  a  real  and  perceived  sense  of  isola- 
tion. Outside  of  school,  rural  youth  lack  alternatives  to 

the  television  culture.  Few,  if     

any,  music,  dance,  or  visual 
arts  programs  exist  and  there 
is  little  opportunity  for  the 
youth  to  explore  a  sense  of 
place  and  identity. 

Hearing  what 
Vermont's  citizens  were  say- 
ing, and  recognizing  that  art  and  creativity  are  significant 
resources  for  preventing  failure  and  increasing  opportu- 
nities for  at-risk  youth,  the  VCA  began  to  explore  ways 
to  bring  the  arts  and  human  services  communities  to- 
gether. The  idea  of  developing  partnerships  with  human 
service  organizations  and  encouraging  the  use  of  artists 
and  quality  arts  programming  seemed  to  be  an  ideal  way 
to  use  existing  resources  to  help  Vermont's  youth. 

In  1991  the  VCA  received  funding  from  the 
NEA  to  support  the  Voices  of  Youth  program,  to  de- 
velop local  arts  and  human  services  partnerships  and 
projects,  and  to  foster  long-term  cooperation  between 
Vermont's  arts  community  and  the  Agency  of  Human 
Services.  Working  closely  with  the  agency's  Office  of  Al- 
cohol and  Drug  Abuse  Prevention  Programs,  the  VCA 


developed  a  grants  program  to-  provide  rural  youth  with 
opportunities  to  develop  their  own  artistic  voices. 
Funding  from  the  NEA,  the  VCA,  the 
Vermont  Office  of  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  Prevention 
Programs,  National  Life,  NYNEX,  the  Windham  Foun- 
dation, and  the  Josephine  Bay  Paul  and  C.  Michael  Paul 
Foundation,  as  well  as  from  local  businesses  and  indi- 
viduals has  helped  support  Voices  of  Youth.  Twelve  dif- 
ferent projects  around  Vermont  have  reached  incarcer- 
ated young  men;  youth  in  foster  care;  homeless  children; 
youth  with  disabilities;  emotionally,  sexually  and  physi- 
cally abused  adolescents;  teen  parents;  and  youth  in  al- 
ternative education  programs. 


''You  have  to  have  some  kind  of  passion 
in  life.  There  is  an  excitement  with  drugs 
and  crime,  but  art  provides  an  excite- 
ment and  passion  that  is  positive." 


X*  Through  Their 


Eyes 

In  an  effort  to  document  the 
feelings  and  experiences  of 
adolescent  participants,  and 
create  a  vehicle  for  listening  to 
the  Voices  of  Youth,  the  VCA 
conducted  a  video  evaluation  of  several  projects,  among 
them  Metamorphosis  and  Voices  of  Woodside.  In  each 
the  youth  received  training  and  guidance  from 
videographer  Stu  McGowan  and  playwright  Dana 
Yeaton  on  how  to  use  a  video  camera,  conduct  inter- 
views, develop  scenarios,  write  scripts,  and  edit.  With 
cameras  in  hand,  the  youth  created  videos  that  show 
their  unique  view  of  the  projects. 

In  Metamorphosis,  the  students  each  took 
turns  with  the  camera  and  combined  many  personal  in- 
terviews to  show  how  their  initial  reluctance  was  re- 
placed by  enthusiasm  and  pride.  Two  residents  of  the 
Woodside  Juvenile  Rehabilitation  Center,  Vermont's  fa- 
cility for  juveniles  who  commit  adult  crimes,  created  a 
rap  video.  Both  of  these  videos  give  a  youth-focused 


This  ceramic  mask  was  created  by  a  student  in  the  Metamor- 
phosis program,  which  resulted  from  collaboration  between 
an  alternative  high  school  education  program,  a  county 
counseling  service,  and  a  craft  center. 


Q 


00 
O 


O 

3 


evaluation  of  the  Voices  experience.  Because  of  the 
popularity  of  music  videos,  adolescents  are  familiar  with 
the  medium  of  video  and  the  Metamorphosis  teens  were 
no  exception.  They  were  very  eager  to  use  the  camera 
and  gain  technical  skills,  but  that  wasn't  necessarily  the 
case  with  other  art  forms. 

2S+  CoCo's  Voice 

Visual  artist  Sally  Linder,  who  developed  and  co- 
ordinated the  Voices  of  Woodside,  says,  "most  at-risk 
youth  find  it  very  difficult  to  do  art.  They  have  almost 
no  knowledge  of  art  and  the  doors  of  creativity  are 
closed  to  them.  The  first  step  is  to  expose  them  to  a  vari- 
ety of  art  forms,  but  even  then  they  remain  frozen  on  the 
outside  because  they  are  afraid  of  being  judged,  afraid  to 
fail.  They  have  to  be  coaxed,  nurtured,  and  loved  so  they 
can  gain  trust  in  the  artist  and  discover  the  creativity  in 
themselves." 

Sally  and  other  area  artists  introduced  the 
residents  to  many  art  forms:  music,  photography,  paint- 
ing, poetry,  video,  and  movement.  Woodside  residents 
created  individual  and  collaborative  works,  including  a 
mural  on  the  basketball  court,  masks,  musical  tapes,  and 
videos.  Two  residents,  Sean  and  CoCo,  created  Maxi- 
mum Security,  a  rap  video  depicting  both  a  realistic  and 
fictitious  view  of  what  it's  like  "inside"  Woodside.  While 
Sean's  sophisticated  camera  work  shows  the  negative  as- 
pects of  being  incarcerated,  the  lyrics  and  the  tape  as  a 
whole  are  a  creative  vision  of  CoCo's  experience  and  the 
consequences  of  a  young  life  given  over  to  criminal  activity. 

"I  started  dealing  when  I  was  13,"  says  CoCo. 
"Money  can  buy  you  success,  recognition,  and  respect. 
You  can't  always  get  those  things  in  your  family,  in 
school,  or  on  the  job." 

Steve  Coulman,  director  of  Woodside, 
thought  the  Voices  project  was  successful  because  the 


arts  provide  alternatives  to  destructive  patterns  and  be- 
haviors. "You  have  to  have  some  kind  of  passion  in  life. . 
There  is  an  excitement  with  drugs  and  crime,  but  art 
provides  an  excitement  and  passion  that  is  positive." 

Creating  Maximum  Security  gave  CoCo  a 
whole  new  avenue  for  success.  Having  never  written  a 
line  of  poetry,  composed  music,  or  performed,  he  cre- 
ated the  storyboard,  wrote  the  rap  lyrics,  directed,  per- 
formed, and  edited  Maximum  Security. 

"My  time's  too  hard,  the  windows  is  barred, 
mind  is  scarred  .  .  .  You  don't  want  to  join  me,  you  want 
to  be  free,  don't  get  lost  in  maximum  security." 

Maximum  Security  had  its  world  premiere 
screening  at  the  1994  Vermont  International  Film  Festi- 
val and  received  critical  acclaim.  CoCo's  success  is  evi- 
dent in  the  eloquent  letter  he  wrote  to  Sally  after  he  left 
Woodside.  "I've  gained  positive  recognition  for  my  cre- 
ativity and  artistic  talent  through  this  video.  Talent,  art, 
and  beauty  lie  within  everyone,  but  [creativity]  can  go 
unnoticed ...  if  it  is  not  given  a  chance  to  show  itself.  So, 
again,  I  thank  you  for  helping  me  find  mine." 

Jp  Seeking  A  Common  Language 

The  first  year  of  Voices  provided  valuable  lessons 
in  combining  the  arts  and  human  services.  Voices  of 
Woodside,  Metamorphosis,  and  other  projects  proved 
the  value  of  the  arts  in  programs  for  at-risk  youth,  but 
demonstrated  some  of  the  challenges  as  well. 

It  is  important  to  recognize  that  creating  and 
sustaining  partnerships  between  the  arts  and  human  ser- 
vices are  a  process.  It  takes  time,  coordination,  flexibility, 
and  attention  to  the  needs  of  the  various  organizations, 
artists,  and  youth  involved.  Both  partners  need  to  know 
that  their  organizations  and  staff  have  the  capacity  to 
create  and  sustain  programs,  to  work  cooperatively 
throughout  the  life  of  the  project,  to  insure  communica- 


tion,  and  to  deal  with  problems,  if  and  when  they  arise. 

Through  Voices  of  Woodside  the  partners 
learned  that  artists  need  to  be  trained  to  understand  the 
population  they  are  working  with  and  the  goals  and  ob- 
jectives of  the  human  service  program,  and  to  be  aware 
of  how  arts  activities  fit  into  the  overall  scope  of  the  pro- 
gram. In  the  Metamorphosis  project  the  partners  learned 
that  human  service  providers  need  to  differentiate  the 
creative  environment  from  the  "therapeutic  environ- 
ment," and  to  understand  the  nature  and  value  of  the 
arts  and  creative  self-expression. 

The  value  of  fostering  collaborations  between 
the  arts  and  human  services  and  providing  youth  with 
tools  to  develop  their  artistic  voices  is  gaining  broader  ac- 
ceptance in  Vermont.  Youth  involved  in  Voices  projects 
have  presented  workshops,  and  even  gave  a  keynote  perfor- 
mance at  the  annual  Governor's  Prevention  Conference. 

Committed  to  the  idea  that  the  arts  and  cre- 
ative expression  are  essential  to  human  growth  and  de- 
velopment, the  VCA,  with  support  from  the  NEA,  is 
continuing  Voices  by  expanding  the  program  to  include 
young  children  and  families.  The  second  evolution  of 
Voices  will  strengthen  existing  partnerships,  and  initiate 
a  training  program  to  improve  communication  and 
understanding  between  the  arts  and  human  services  in 
an  effort  to  promote  the  use  of  the  arts  as  a  resource 
for  prevention. 

"A  program  like  Voices  is  not  something  that 
you  establish  and  then  expect  to  run  by  itself,"  says 
Nicolette  Clarke,  executive  director  of  the  VCA.  "You 
have  to  take  every  opportunity  to  explain  the  process, 
pay  attention  to  the  needs  of  the  artists  and  human  ser- 
vice providers,  and  support  the  needs  of  the  youth.  It's 
not  a  concept  that  is  readily  understood  by  hinders,  leg- 
islators, or  even  the  human  services  world,  but  when  you 
show  them  the  results  and  they  actually  listen  to  the 


voices  of  youth  through  the  art  they  have  created,  they 
understand.  Voices  is  better  than  magic,  it  works!"  ■ 

Elizabeth  W.  Lawrence  is  the  Voices  of  Youth  program  consult- 
ant for  the  Vermont  Council  on  the  Arts  and  Prevention  Unlim- 
ited. She  is  an  artist  and  cofounder  of  Green  Mountain  Preven- 
tion Projects. 

For  further  information  on  Voices  of  Youth,  please  contact  the 
Vermont  Council  on  the  Arts  at  133  State  Street,  Drawer  33, 
Montpelier,  VT  05633-6001;  phone  802-828-3291. 


< 

o 
n' 

CD 


■< 
O 

c 


CD 
> 


Q 

Q_ 


CO 

< 

CD 

o 


< 

CD 

3 
o 

3 


Soothing  the  Aching  Heart 
of  Young  Los  Angeles 


Students  interview  residents  of  Lincoln  Heights  in  East  Los  Angeles  for  a 

video  class  sponsored  by  the  Summer  Arts  Recovery  Program. 
Photo  by  Aurelio  Jose  Barrera 


by  Max  Benavidez  and  Kate  Vozqff 


When  three  Los  Angeles  youths  dragged 
truck  driver  Reginald  Denny  from  his 
big  rig  in  the  aftermath  of  the  1992 
Rodney  King  trial  and  beat  him  almost  to  death,  their 
brutality  shocked  the  nation.  Nevertheless  the  crime  ex- 
posed all  too  clearly  the  way  many  residents  feel  here  in 
the  City  of  Angels  —  that  no  act  of  violence  is  too  harsh 
a  pay-back  for  what  are  perceived  as  society's  inequities. 
As  the  city  cast  about  for  ways  to  curb  or  control  the  vio- 
lent urges  that  lay  just  below  the  surface  of  its  ethnic  ur- 
banites,  the  California  Arts  Council  (CAC)  took  action 
to  rebuild  L.A. 

^^  A  Pivotal  Role  for  Government  Funding 

\     "There  was  a  real  concern  among  everyone  in  the 
council  that  we  respond  to  the  riots,"  explains  Carol 
Shiftman,  director  of  CAC's  Artists-in- Residence  Pro- 
gram, which  with  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
(NEA)  funded  the  Summer  Recovery  Project.  "We 
know  the  incredible  power  that  artists  can  have  in  help- 
ing to  build  self-esteem,  and  we  believe  in  the  difference 
that  self-esteem  can  make  in  kids'  lives.  So  we  thought 
arts  programming  would  be  a  wonderful  and  realistic 
way  to  help." 

The  details  of  the  CAC  plan  were  unclear 
in  the  beginning.  The  arts  council  did  know  that  what- 
ever they  did  would  require  a  director  with  genuine  vi- 
sion. The  CAC  found  that  leadership  in  actress  Sheila 
Scott- Wilkinson,  who  had  been  involved  in  other  artist 
residencies  funded  by  the  council.  An  acting  teacher  who 
had  run  arts  workshops  for  prisons  and  correctional 
youth  facilities,  Wilkinson  saw  the  developing  program 
as  a  unique  opportunity  to  use  the  arts  to  reach  out  to 
children  in  troubled  neighborhoods. 

.  What  she  did  was  create  a  grass-roots  series  of 
arts  workshops  for  inner-city  youths  that  employed  local 


artists  committed  to  quality  work.  Within  a  matter  of 
weeks,  she  had  placed  seventy  artists  for  up  to  six  weeks 
in  workshops  geared  at  kids  ages  twelve  to  eighteen. 
From  barrios  and  ghettos  all  over  the  city,  teenagers 
who'd  experienced  a  lot  of  gang  warfare  and  crack  deals 
took  part  in  workshops  on  theater,  dance,  visual  arts, 
comedy,  music,  video  production,  and  creative  writing. 

At  an  improvisational  theater  workshop, 
project  participants  were  asked  to  act  out  and  later  dis- 
cuss emotionally  charged  scenarios  about  family  life  and 
street  dangers.  African  drumming,  mural  painting,  cho- 
ral music  —  these  only  begin  to  reflect  the  rich  variety  of 
classes  and  workshops  that  Wilkinson  has  conceived  and 
made  happen. 

"The  project's  goal  is  really  pretty  straightfor- 
ward," she  argues.  "We  want  to  offer  high-risk  kids  a  va- 
riety of  creative  outlets."  But  Wilkinson  resents  the  sug- 
gestion that  the  program  is  just  entertainment  for  a 
bunch  of  street-smart  troublemakers.  "This  has  never 
been  arts  and  crafts,"  she  maintains.  "It's  about  skill 
building."  So,  participating  artists  are  selected  not  only 
for  the  quality  of  their  art  but  also  for  their  ability  to  de- 
velop concrete  lesson  plans. 

One  morning,  for  example,  percussionist 
Ramon  Ramos  led  a  predominandy  African-American 
group  of  third  and  fourth  graders  through  a  musical  per- 
formance of  Cocinando.  The  youngsters  learned  the 
simple  Spanish  words  and  were  shown  how  to  use  vari- 
ous percussion  instruments.  Then  they  took  a  short  writ- 
ten test  in  which  they  identified  those  instruments.  "So 
the  basic  focus  is  education,"  Wilkinson  stresses,  "and 
the  end  result  is  that  kids  improve  their  self-image,  gain 
new  confidence,  develop  learning  skills,  and  wind  up  do- 
ing better  in  school." 

"These  may  sound  like  small  improvements," 
reflects  Wilkinson,  "but  for  many  of  these  kids,  this  is  a 


GO 

o 
o 


13 
CO 


> 

n 

3" 
3' 
CO 

I 
CD 

Q 


-< 
O 
c 
3 
CQ 


> 

3 
CQ 

cp_ 

CD 


D 


O 


o 

- 


major  shift  in  life.  This  program  is  the  first  time  that 
some  of  them  have  seen  anything  positive  about  life  or 
themselves.  Gang  violence  and  fear  have  made  the  world 
very,  very  small  for  these  kids.  Literally,  five  blocks  — 
that's  the  radius  of  their  whole  world.  Bv  taking  them  to 
exhibitions  and  performances  outside  their  tinv  home 
turf,  this  program  gives  them  a  much  broader  idea  of 
what  the  world  can  be.  \\  e  hope  that  bv  showing  them 
something  bigger  and  better,  we  can  give  them  the  im- 
age of  a  world  worth  working;  for  and  living  in." 

^L**  Creative  Exchange  for  Artists 

*  \    And  Participants 

From  the  beginning, 
Wilkinson  also  wanted  the 
project  to  otter  a  unique  op- 
portunity to  the  participating 
artists.  "I  wanted  the  program 

to  make  artists  more  complete    Q^0[jf  Q  heritage  they  can  be  proud  of 

bv  bringing  them  into  the 
communitv  and  having;  them 


Based  on  the  Summer  Recovery  Project's  im- 
pressive first  year  in  1992,  it  received  funding  for  the 
two  subsequent  summers,  and  there's  hope  that  re- 
sources will  remain  available  for  the  ever  expanding  un- 
dertaking. To  date,  the  program  has  served  more  than 
12,000  LA.  youngsters,  employed  more  than  170  art- 
ists, and  involved  33  community  sites  in  the  workshop 
project.  "Everyone's  been  impressed  with  what  the  artists 
have  done  in  an  intense  post-riot  environment,"  says  the 
CAC's  Chief  of  Grant  Programs,  Juan  Carrillo.  "For  the 
council,  the  project  shows  what  artists  can  do.  We  know 
the  power  of  artists  in  communities  because  the  council 
has  funded  artist  residencies  for  over  eighteen  years." 


'All  [kids]  see  is  the  street  life,  and  that  can 
only  teach  them  to  be  ashamed  of  what 
they  are.  This  program  is  teaching  them 


l*L*  Nothing  Succeeds 


deal  directlv  with  cultures  other  than  their  own, '  she 
says.  That  meant  sending  them  to  projects  in  parts  of  the 
city  that  thev  didn  t  know,  to  work  with  people  they 
fundamentallv  didn't  understand. 

For  example,  the  African-American  storyteller 
Marilvn  McConnie  and  actress  Darline  Harris  taught 
Latino  students  in  the  public  schools.  Similarly,  Latino 
drummer  Ernesto  Salcedo  taught  the  universal  language 
of  rhythm  to  African- American  teens  in  the  heart  of 
South  Central  Los  Angeles.  "What  s  interesting  to  me," 
Salcedo  remarks,  "is  that  here  I  am.  a  Latino  musician, 
and  I'm  introducing  these  kids  to  an  African  heritage, 
their  awn  heritage,  that  thev  don  t  really  know.    The  hope, 
Salcedo  concludes,  is  that  this  creative  exchange  will  instill 
more  cultural  tolerance  and  respect  in  everyone  involved 


Like  Success 

Eager  to  replicate  Wilkinson's 
success,  the  CAC  (again  in 
partnership  with  the  NEA) 
has  elected  to  support  three 
other  youth  programs:  Cre- 
ative After-School  Alternative  Program,  Long  Beach 
Latchkey  Project,  and  Summer  Arts  Recovery  Program. 
These  programs  offer  after-school  and/or  summer  arts 
classes  as  a  wholesome  alternative  to  the  violent  and 
self-destructive  allure  of  the  streets.  The  Creative  After- 
School  Alternative  Program  (CASA)  operates  in  South 
Central  Los  Angeles,  the  heart  of  the  city's  African- 
American  community. 

CASA's  executive  director  is  Dr.  Maisha 
Hazzard,  and  she  gives  credit  for  her  program's  very  ex- 
istence to  Assemblywoman  Gwen  Moore  who,  back  in 
1991.  brought  leaders  from  education  and  the  arts  to- 
gether  with  the  GAG  to  develop  a  creative  way  of  keep- 
ing good  kids  out  of  trouble.  "The  bottom  line  is  that  — 
months  before  the  riots  —  she  knew  these  kids  needed 


help  and  she  believed  it  was  possible  to  engage  them 
with  the  arts,"  explains  Hazzard. 

Initially,  CASA  offered  its  classes  at  various 
art  centers  scattered  throughout  the  general  area.  But,  al- 
most immediately,  the  issue  of  transportation  surfaced  as 
a  major  program  obstacle.  "Remember  that  85  percent 
of  these  kids  are  latchkey  kids,"  Hazzard  points  out. 
"They  don't  have  a  parent  available  to  pick  them  up  at 
three  p.m.  and  drive  them  to  even  the  most  wonderful 
after-school  program.  Their  parents  are  busy  trying  to 
hold  down  a  job."  So  in  1993,  CASA  moved  its  semi- 
nars and  workshops  right  into  the  schools.  With  support 
from  the  L.A.  Unified  School  District,  520  youngsters 
are  enrolled  in  thirty-nine  classes  offered  by  twenty-four 
different  community  artists. 

Dixie  Swift,  director  for  another  of  the  CAC- 
NEA  efforts,  the  Long  Beach  Latchkey  Project,  agrees 
that  the  programs  are  there  to  support  kids  who  don't  get 
all  they  need  at  home.  "If  a  kid's  family  isn't  working 
out,"  she  explains,  "then  we  become  a  kind  of  family.  If 
that  kid  needs  someone  to  go  to  school  with  him,  I  go.  If 
he  needs  someone  to  go  with  him  to  the  doctor,  I  go." 

The  latchkey  project  is  an  interesting  testing 
ground  for  the  art-as-intervention  concept  because  it 
serves  a  community  newly  in  need  of  such  program- 
ming. A  good-sized  beach  city  just  south  of  Los  Ange- 
les, Long  Beach  has  in  recent  years  become  a  more  di- 
verse community.  Suddenly  confronted  with  a  signifi- 
cant percentage  of  African- American,  Latino,  and  Asian 
residents,  it  must  struggle  with  all  the  social  challenges 
that  can  go  along  with  ethnic  diversity.  Still,  the  com- 
munity does  not  have  a  long-standing  history  of  gang 
rivalries  or  drive-by  shootings.  If  Dixie  Swift's  program 
can  truly  attract  kids  at  a  time  in  their  lives  when  they 
might  otherwise  be  drawn  into  serious  trouble,  then  it 
will  say  something  very  promising  about  the  power 


CO 

o 

o 

3- 

3' 

■■"3 

CQ 

™ 

o 

3" 

o 

n> 

a- 

> 

n 

37 

> 

3' 

e 

CQ 

n 

1 

5" 

CD 
O 

-1 

o-1 

— *" 

C/5 

O^ 

CO 

-< 

(U 

O 

•t 

c 

2 

3 

P3 

CQ 

1 — 

O 

v> 

> 

3 

CQ 

a> 

CD 

Sl^  Working  with  artist  Ernesto  de  la 
\\    Loza,  residents  of  a  housing 
project  in  East  Los  Angeles  paint  a 
mural  they  designed  during  the  Summer 
Arts  Recovery  Program,  created  by  the 
California  Arts  Council. 


Q 


GO 

o_ 

c 

5' 

3 


of  art  among  youngsters  not  yet  cynical  about  theit 
life  options. 

Ultimately,  the  project  has  to  be  judged  by 
the  effect  it  has  on  its  target  group.  One  participant,  fif- 
teen-year-old Tom'  Flores,  says,  "I  never  learned  about 
my  culture  until  now.  Through  the  program  I  gained  an 
interest  in  my  culture  through  art  and  films  about 
Chicano  history.  I  also  learned  about  the  Mexican  holi- 
day, El  Dia  de  losMuertos  (Day  of  the  Dead).  That's  a 
tradition  I  did  not  know  about.  I  hope  that  in  the  future 
we  have  more  of  these  activities  so  more  people  can  learn 
about  their  culture." 

Eddie  Martinez  is  an  artist  working  in  the 

Long  Beach  program.  He  

feels  that  cultural  identity 
must  remain  a  major  focus  in 
all  these  arts  projects.  "I  try  to 
teach  them  about  their  cul- 
ture," he  says  with  a  tone  of 
both  sadness  and  hope.  "All 
they  see  is  the  street  life,  and 

that  can  only  teach  them  to        

be  ashamed  of  what  they  are. 

This  program  is  teaching  them  about  a  heritage  they  can 

be  proud  of." 

j^      Taking  Art  Beyond  Social  Welfare 

^  \        Performance  artist/writer  Ruben  Guevara  is 
program  director  of  the  Summer  Arts  Recovery  Pro- 
gram, which  serves  a  predominandy  Latino  population 
in  East  Los  Angeles,  Downtown,  and  Pico-Union.  En- 
rolling 300  kids  its  first  year  (1993),  Guevara  reports 
that  in  its  following  year  400  youngsters  participated  in 
workshops  on  mural  making,  creative  writing,  rap  mu- 
sic, video  production,  and  photography.  Over  the  course 
of  eight  summer  weeks,  various  guest  artists  introduced 


"The  gangs  in  Aliso  Village  and  Pico 

Gardens  —  housing  projects  in  East  Los 

Angeles  —  had  to  hammer  out  a  truce  in 

order  for  the  classes  to  take  place. 

And  they  did  it." 


the  youngsters  to  performances,  lectures,  and  demon- 
strations in  Korean,  Indian,  African,  Aztec,  flamenco, 
andfolkld?7CO  dance,  as  well  as  in  gospel  music  and  taiko 
(Japanese  drumming) . 

Along  with  nurturing  creative  self-expression, 
Guevara's  program  has  taught  kids  to  work  through 
some  major  communitv  problems.  "For  instance,  the 
gangs  in  Aliso  Village  and  Pico  Gardens  —  housing 
projects  in  East  Los  Angeles  —  had  to  hammer  out  a 
truce  in  order  for  the  classes  to  take  place,"  Guevara  ex- 
plains. "And  they  did  it."  Even  more  impressive  is  that 
the  truce  has  held  since  the  summer  of  1993. 

Still,  Guevara  hesitates  to  call  the  program  so- 

cial  service.  In  fact,  he  argues, 

it's  art  in  the  most  classic 
sense  of  the  word:  the  means 
toward  self-expression.  "My 
philosophy  has  been  to  let  the 
kids  interpret  their  world  in 
words  and  images,"  he  con- 
tinues. As  a  result,  Guevara 
.  encourages  instructors  to  see 
themselves  more  as  low-key 
guides  than  as  strict  directors.  "I  believe  that  the  pro- 
gram has  to  happen  on  their  terms,"  he  argues.  "It's  up 
to  them  to  say  to  us,  'This  is  how  we  see  the  world.'  If 
you  give  a  kid  responsibility  for  that  —  for  saying  what 
he  or  she  feels  —  then  that  kid  will  have  a  vested  interest 
in  the  quality  of  their  work." 

In  their  small  collection  of  poetry  and  prose 
entided  Empowering  Raza  Youth  Through  the  Arts,  young 
project  participants  offer  a  rendition  of  a  world  both  ter- 
rifying and  tender: 

The  neighborhood  I  live  in  is  very  hard 
to  live  in  if  you  haven't  been  around  long 
enough  to  get  the  hang  of  it. 


Once  you  do,  you  come  to  realize  that  it 
is  not  only  about  hard  timing  it,  but 
about  love  floating  around  as  well. 

Love  from  our  own  mothers  who  teach 
us  right  from  wrong.  Love  from  the 
people  who  care  about  what  goes  on  in  our 
neighborhood. 

I  wouldn't  want  to  live  anywhere  else 
but  in  this  run  down  Ghetto  place,  but 
hey,  I  love  this  Ghetto,  'cause  this  is 
where  my  Raza  Lives. 

Dixie  Swift  agrees  with  Guevara  that  the 
point  of  an  art  program  should  not  be  social  outreach. 
But  she  doesn't  seem  overly  concerned  with  producing 
aesthetically  beautiful  artwork  either.  Instead,  she  sees 
her  program  as  primarily  a  means  to  teach  culture.  "Art 
here  is  about  what  you  are  able  to  learn  about  yourself 
and  your  heritage.  We  do  that  through  the  art  process." 

**j^  Final  Thoughts 

\    Many  good  programs  ultimately  do  more  good 
than  they  set  out  to  do,  and  are  a  bit  different  from  the 
way  they  were  originally  conceived.  That  seems  true  of 
these  four  CAC-NEA  projects.  "I  think  we're  just  at  the 
beginning  of  what  this  program  is  going  to  be,"  says 
Hazzard  about  CASA. 

"Obviously,  we  want  to  develop  emerging 
artists,  but  we're  also  eager  to  encourage  supporters  of 
the  arts.  Let's  face  it:  there  are  children  who  are  not  per- 
formers. So  we've  built  a  programming  component  that 
allows  them  to  work  on  the  support  and  promotion  of 
the  arts."  She  pauses  to  think  of  an  easy  explanation, 
"Art  as  a  business,  you  might  say.  We  teach  the  kids  how 
to  do  that  —  show  how  administrators  keep  art  centers 


going.  One  of  our  program  centers  even  has  a  newsletter, 
and  the  kids  write  movie  reviews  and  book  reviews.  " 

The  point,  she  maintains,  is  to  prepare 
young  people  for  the  challenges  of  the  twenty-first  cen- 
tury. "That's  what  this  program  really  offers:  a  vision  of 
the  future  that  includes  these  kids  all  grown  up  into  cre- 
ative, productive  men  and  women." 

That's  a  tall  order  given  the  complex  and 
competitive  future  that  awaits  them.  The  twenty-first 
century  is  not  likely  to  pose  easy  challenges  for  anyone. 
And  the  inescapable  disadvantages  that  plague  poor  mi- 
nority kids  make  their  chances  for  success  that  much 
slimmer.  Still,  it  is  worthwhile  to  remember  that  the  fu- 
ture does  not  happen  in  large  leaps  and  bounds.  It  hap- 
pens one  step  at  a  time,  one  small  decision  after  another 
until  a  life  direction  begins  to  emerge  for  a  child  as  he  or 
she  becomes  first  an  adolescent  and  later  an  adult.  These 
four  arts  programs  certainly  cannot  turn  life  around  for  a 
whole  community.  They  have,  however,  proved  to  be 
life-changing  for  the  thousands  of  youngsters  who  have 
been  a  part  of  them.  In  a  simple  but  very  real  way,  that's 
quite  an  accomplishment.  ■ 

Max  Benavidez,  an  essayist  and  art  critic,  is  a  Contributing 
Writer  for  the  Los  Angeles  Times. 

Kate  Vozoffis  a  free-lance  writer  based  in  Los  Angeles  who  fre- 
quently covers  the  arts,  culture,  and  health. 

For  further  information  on  the  California  Arts  Councils  arts  pro- 
gramming in  South  Central  Los  Angeles,  please  contact  the  coun- 
cil at  24 11  Alhambra  Boulevard,  Sacramento,  CA  95817; 
phone  916-227-2550. 


00 

o 
o 


CQ 


> 

n 

37 

d' 

CQ 

I 
CD 

Q 


-< 
O 

c 

CQ 


> 

CQ 
CD_ 
CD 


Creative  Entrepreneurs 

The  YA/YAs  of  New  Orleans 


Ron  Ratliffand  Chris  Paratore,  Jr.,  working  on  a  mural  they  designed  with  other 
YA/YA  members  for  their  high  school,  L.E.  Rabouin  Career  Magnet  High  School 
in  New  Orleans.  The  YA/YAs  chose  the  theme,  "Respect  for  Teenagers,"  for  the 
mural,  which  depicts  the  face  of  a  teen  in  multiple  colors  reflecting  the  world's 
many  races  and  cultures. 
Photo  by  Jana  Napoli 


1 


by  Claudia  Barker 


You  are  standing  on  a  steamy  sidewalk  in 
downtown  New  Orleans,  next  to  a  wildly 
painted  nineteenth-century  townhouse  build- 
ing, with  your  shopping  bag  in  hand  and  your  camera 
poised  to  shoot.  In  the  doorway  are  eight  legs  in  various 
shades  of  rich  brown,  flexing,  bending,  and  struggling 
under  the  weight  of  a  large  cedar  wardrobe.  They  pause 
for  a  second,  gasp  for  breath,  and  consider  their  options. 
The  eight  corresponding  arms  and  hands  grasp  the 
armoire,  whimsically  painted  with  black  and  white  jok- 
ers and  diamonds,  red  hearts,  and  blue  clubs,  balancing 
it  precariously  on  one  end.  Heavy  breathing,  sweat.  "I'm 
telling  you,  it  ain't  gonna  fit  through  that  door.  No 
way."  "Turn  it  this  way,  man!" 

Peeking  in  the  big  plate  glass  window  of  the 
same  building,  you  see  three  teenage  boys  and  two  teen- 
age girls,  all  wearing  aprons  spattered  with  paint,  bend- 
ing over  a  vast  expanse  of  cloth  laid  out  on  a  thirty-foot 
table.  They  are  talking  excitedly  about  the  design  one 
of  them  has  made;  a  long,  black,  curved  ribbon  on  a 
white  field  that  undulates  like  a  smooth  snake  down 
the  length  of  the  table,  happily  embracing  white  and 
grey  ribbons  on  its  way  back  up.  A  beautiful  piece  of 
yardage,  you  find  yourself  imagining  how  it  would  look 
on  your  sofa. 

Where  are  you?  You  are  gallery-hopping  in 
New  Orleans  and  you  have  just  stumbled  on  YA/YA. 
Part  design  studio,  part  print  workshop,  part  gallery, 
and  part  office,  Young  Aspirations/Young  Artists  is 
home  to  twenty-five  student  artists  who  come  here  every 
day  to  learn  how  to  make  a  living  through  creativity.  So 
your  own  kid  is  sixteen  and  talented?  Wouldn't  it  be 
great  if  there  was  something  like  this  in  your  city  for  him 
or  her!  Well,  come  in  and  see  what  YA/YA  does  right. 


/J*   Environment 

\  •     New  Orleans,  1987.  A  sultry,  sexy,  Southern  city 
with  a  great  deal  of  charm,  a  balmy  climate,  wonderful 
food,  beautiful  music,  and  one  of  the  worst  public 
school  systems  in  the  country.  The  lack  of  quality  educa- 
tion tells  on  us:  every  couple  of  months  the  Times-Pica- 
yune informs  us  that  we're  "first"  again  —  in  the  num- 
ber of  murders  per  capita,  in  the  number  of  high  school 
dropouts,  in  the  percentage  of  children  living  in  poverty. 

YA/YA,  a  six-year-old  arts  and  social  service 
organization  that  trains  inner-city  youth  in  the  visual 
arts,  was  founded  by  New  Orleans  painter  Jana  Napoli. 
"I  never  intended  to  start  an  organization,"  she  says  and 
admits  to  knowing  nothing  about  how  to  run  one.  But 
for  a  long  time  she  had  noticed  the  throng  of  high-en- 
ergy kids  that  emerged  every  afternoon  from  L.E. 
Rabouin  Career  Magnet  High  School  around  the  corner 
from  her  building,  and  she  wanted  to  find  a  way  to  put 
them  to  work.  In  addition,  she  wanted  to  bring  the  pri- 
marily African- American  students  together  with  the 
mostly  white  property  owners  in  her  neighborhood. 

These  teenagers  —  like  most  teenagers  —  are 
incredibly  energetic,  very  quick-minded,  perceptive,  and 
resourceful.  But  the  fact  is  that  in  New  Orleans,  like  in 
most  major  American  cities,  these  very  talented,  capable 
individuals  are  almost  all  unemployed. 

Students  attending  L.E.  Rabouin  Career 
Magnet  High  School,  the  only  school  in  New  Orleans's 
central  business  district,  were,  like  most  people  their  age, 
perceived  by  adults  as  having  limited  skills  and  litde  to 
offer  employers  —  at  best.  At  worst,  these  teenagers  were 
seen  as  potential  troublemakers  by  the  property  owners 
who  flank  the  school,  especially  when  they  emerged  en 
masse  at  three  p.m.  and  pushed  their  way  like  a  storm 
front  to  Canal  Street  and  the  video  game  room.  Their 
sheer  numbers  and  volume  caused  most  people  to  cross 


o 

S 

Q 

<' 

CD 


CD 
TI 

— \ 
CD 
13 
CD 

C 


-< 
> 

-< 
> 


z 

CD 
5: 

o 

—\ 
CD 
Q 

3 


Q 


Co 

o_ 

c 

5" 

3 


the  street  to  avoid  them,  without  even  thinking  about 
how  doing  this  made  the  students  feel.  And  they  did 
feel:  YA/YA  student  Rondell  Crier  says,  "I'd  get  mad  at 
them  and  I'd  think  .  .  .  I'm  not  going  to  do  them  noth- 
ing, but  they  just  don't  know." 

It  is  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  School  is 
ending  and  the  students  who  attend  Rabouin,  a  voca- 
tional-technical high  school,  are  like  wound-up  springs. 
They  blast  out  of  the  school  building,  pent-up  energy 
exploding  in  all  directions.  Ready.  .  .  set.  .  .  WAIT  A 
MINUTE!  Where  to  go?  What  to  do?  Shopping?  No 
money.  Game  room?  Maybe.  Home?  Nah.  I  asked 
Carlos  Neville,  one  of  the  original  eight  YA/YA  Guild 

members,  what  made  him  

come  to  YA/YA  "There  was 
nothing  else  to  do,"  he  said. 
Real  simple.  Nothing  else  to  do. 

And  at  first  there 
wasn't  much  at  YA/YA.  There 
was  no  organized  program  at 
the  time,  no  paid  staff  to  wel- 
come and  shepherd  teenagers, 
no  particular  bond  of  trust  to 
count  on.  There  was  just  this 
one  lady  and  her  building 

around  the  corner  from  school.  She  simply  offered  a 
place  to  go,  where  they  could  do  something  interesting 
and  maybe  make  a  little  money.  And  they  came. 

iy*  Putting  Talent  to  Work 

Jana  Napoli  found  an  ally  in  Madeleine  Neske, 
Rabouin's  commercial  art  instructor,  and  invited  forty 
students  to  draw  pictures  of  all  the  downtown  buildings 
and  show  them  in  her  gallery.  The  students  came  and 
sketched,  they  had  a  show  in  which  most  of  the  draw- 
ings sold,  and  YA/YA  was  launched.  Napoli  explained  to 


These  teenagers  —  like  most  teenagers  — 
are  incredibly  energetic,  very  quick- 
minded,  perceptive,  and  resourceful. 
But  the  fact  is  that  in  New  Orleans,  like 

in  most  major  American  cities,  these 

very  talented,  capable  individuals  are 

almost  all  unemployed. 


the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts'  (NEA)  National 
Council  on  the  Arts  in  August  1994:  "Our  first  show, 
we  sold  $1,800  worth  of  fifteen-  and  twenty-dollar 
drawings  in  little  glass  frames,  which  meant  we  sold  a  lot 
of  them  three  or  four  times.  [The  students]  learned  how 
hard  it  is  to  reproduce  a  drawing  a  third  or  fourth  time." 
At  Napoli's  urging,  the  students  began  paint- 
ing images  on  secondhand  furniture.  "I  wanted  some- 
thing that  they  couldn't  fail  with,"  she  says.  "It's  hard  to 
sell  a  painting  on  a  canvas."  What  Napoli  envisioned  as  a 
small  exhibition  in  the  front  hallway  quickly  became  a 
full-scale  training  operation  that  occupies  about  a  third 
of  her  building.  Students  began  coming  to  YA/YA  every 
day  after  school  and  on  week- 
ends to  receive  one-on-one  in- 
tensive instruction  from 
Napoli,  Neske,  and  later  on, 
three  to  four  other  profes- 
sional artists  who  teach  wood- 
working, design,  painting, 
and  fabric  printing. 

All  students  who 
attend  Rabouin  High 
School's  commercial  art 
"  classes  are  eligible  to  partici- 
pate in  YA/YA.  Neske  recruits  students,  who  initially  are 
given  the  chance  to  paint  small  items,  such  as  YA/YA 
desk  ornaments,  until  they  develop  the  skills  to  move 
onto  larger  pieces  like  furniture  or  fabric.  At  any  one 
moment  in  the  YA/YA  building  there  are  students  sitting 
at  a  big  table  working  on  designs  for  upcoming  commis- 
sions, someone  cutting  sculptural  "add-ons"  (a  distinc- 
tive feature  of  YA/YA  furniture)  out  of  wood,  several  stu- 
dents painting  furniture  in  the  studio,  and  four  or  five 
more  screen-printing  fabric  in  Print  YA/YA,  the 
organization's  newest  enterprise. 


Once  a  week  YA/YA's  high  school  students 
attend  group  counseling  sessions,  and  all  students  receive 
rigorous  training  in  the  entrepreneurial  aspects  of  run- 
ning an  art-related  business:  sending  out  press  packages, 
talking  to  clients,  pricing  commissions,  writing  artistic 
statements  about  their  work.  The  key  element  in  making 
YA/YA  work  is  the  driving  force  of  its  founder,  Jana 
Napoli,  and  several  other  adult  staff  members  who  push, 
prod,  and  cajole  the  busy  students  into  producing  pro- 
fessional quality  work  on  a  consistent  basis. 

A  chair  turns  into  a  yellow  cab.  Cutout  sculp- 
tural flames  leap  from  the  seat  of  another  chair  that 
Carlos  has  made  into  a  burning  building.  A  little  girl 
rides  on  a  magic  carpet,  touring  the  universe,  full  of 
peace  and  happiness  as  guild  member  Darlene  Francis 
makes  her  dream  world  come  alive  on  a  chair.  Dexter 
Stewart,  the  photographer  and  filmmaker,  paints  an  ur- 
ban landscape  on  the  round,  flat  back  of  a  chair,  a  lone 
dog  in  the  foreground  —  his  vision  of  stark  solitude  in  a 
busy,  big  world.  YA/YA  artwork  is  successful  because  it 
mirrors  the  students'  thoughts  and  feelings.  It  is  full  of 
"hot  spots,"  personal  imagery  that  is  often  intensely  dra- 
matic. Jana  Napoli  sits  on  the  floor  with  the  students 
and  pulls  the  images  out  of  them,  looking  for  what  is 
real,  what  is  hot,  what  will  sell.  Finding  these  hot  spots  and 
expressing  them  through  art  is  what  it  means  "to  YA/YA." 

2j*  Making  Good 

\  *     YA/YA  is  an  experiment  whose  goal  is  to  prove 
that  if  given  the  right  tools  and  a  fertile  environment, 
motivated  students  can  do  extraordinary  things.  But  the 
aspect  of  the  program  that  makes  YA/YA  different  from 
most  programs  that  benefit  youth  is  that  students  make 
money  doing  something  they  enjoy  —  making  a  prod- 
uct they  can  sell. 

Students,  who  must  be  enrolled  in  high 


school  or  college  in  order  to  participate  in  YA/YA,  earn 
money  by  selling  painted  furniture,  by  creating  designs 
for  manufacturers  and  individual  clients,  by  serving  as 
art  directors  on  commission  jobs,  and  by  being  em- 
ployed as  YA/YA  interns.  Guild  members,  the  senior 
students  who  are  most  committed  to  the  organization, 
receive  a  higher  percentage  of  their  sales  and  higher 
wages  than  the  younger  apprentices.  In  all  cases,  how- 
ever, YA/YA  holds  on  to  a  percentage  of  a  student's  sales 
until  he  or  she  enrolls  in  college.  Most  YA/YA  high 
school  students  graduate  and  go  to  college  either  locally 
or  in  some  cases  to  out-of-state  schools,  such  as  the 
School  of  Visual  Arts  in  New  York.  This  year  YA/YA 
will  see  its  first  guild  member  graduate  from  college. 
That  student  plans  to  attend  graduate  school  in  the  field 
of  design. 

YA/YA's  aim  is  to  prepare  the  students  to 
make  a  living  on  their  own.  "There  are  no  jobs  out 
there,"  Jana  Napoli  says.  What  she  means  is  that 
there  are  very  few  jobs  that  allow  people  to  make 
good  money  using  their  creativity.  But  most  people 
consider  such  work  a  luxury.  So  why  does  YA/YA  in- 
sist on  training  students  to  be  entrepreneurs?  Because 
the  skills  needed  to  be  in  business  for  yourself  are 
skills  that  can  get  you  far  in  life,  whether  you  are 
working  for  somebody  else  or  not.  Those  skills  in- 
clude talking  to  a  customer  and  finding  out  what  he 
or  she  wants,  setting  a  price  on  your  work,  making 
sure  you  get  it  done  on  time,  and  collecting  the 
money.  YA/YA  tries  to  develop  those  skills  in  the  stu- 
dents with  every  job  that  it  does.  Gerri  Hobdy,  assis- 
tant secretary  of  the  Office  of  Cultural  Development 
for  the  State  of  Louisiana,  applauds  the  organization: 
"YA/YA  is  an  exemplary  program  that  demonstrates 
the  usefulness  of  the  arts  in  developing  job  training 
programs  for  youth.  It  expands  our  potential  work 


n 

CD 
Q 

<' 

CD 


CD 
"D 

CD 

CD 

C 


CD 
-< 
> 
\ 
■< 
> 


CD 

o 


CD 
D 

3 


Q 


CD 
CO 

o_ 

c 

5' 

3 


force  for  the  arts  industry  while  addressing  some  of 
the  problems  that  plague  our  urban  areas." 

2^  Continuing  the  Training  Cycle 
\  •     At  YA/YA,  college  students  help  train  high  school 
students,  sharing  the  knowledge  they  acquire  in  school 
and  through  internships  that  YA/YA  helps  them  to  land 
at  places  like  Black  Entertainment  Television  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  Gallery  37  in  Chicago,  and  Swatch,  Ltd. 
in  Atlanta.  In  addition  to  perpetuating  the  training  cycle 
within  the  organization,  YA/YA  tries  to  spread  its  mis- 
sion outside  as  well. 

Working  with  people  in  other  communities  to 
help  them  develop  youth-centered  arts  enterprises  is  so 
important  that  for  the  past  four  years  Philip  Morris  Com- 
panies Inc.  has  supported  YA/YA's  Traveling  Exhibition 
and  Outreach  Program.  Jana  Napoli  envisions  YA/YA 
students  helping  to  develop  arts  enterprises  based  on  the 
YA/YA  model  in  other  cities.  Napoli  told  the  National 
Council  on  the  Arts:  "So  now  America  calls  every  day,  al- 
most every  day.  It's  wonderful,  and  it's  incredibly  sad.  All 
of  those  kids  who  see  us  on  television  say,  'Can  I  come? 
Mama  said  she'd  give  me  a  ticket.  Can  I  come?  Can  I  be  a 
YA/YA?'  And  of  course  we  can't  have  them." 

So  instead  of  inviting  everyone  in  America  to 
"become  a  YA/YA,"  YA/YA  teaches  people  "how  to 
YA/YA."  Most  recently  YA/YA  provided  assistance  to 
the  Sacramento  Metropolitan  Arts  Commission,  one  of 
several  entities  that  are  considering  trying  to  replicate  the 
YA/YA  model.  Napoli  tells  them  selling  it  to  the  com- 
munity will  be  the  hard  part. 

Community,  in  this  case,  includes  everyone 
that  the  project  touches:  the  youth,  their  parents,  the 
buying  public,  and  the  people  who  live  in  the  surround- 
ing neighborhoods  where  the  students  might  be  painting 
a  mural  or  having  a  show.  As  difficult  as  it  may  be  to 


understand,  in  some  cases  the  community  has  to  be  per- 
suaded to  buy  into  the  idea  that  its  youth  can  be  valu- 
able contributors  to  society.  The  project's  product  must 
also  have  mass  appeal.  In  YA/YA's  case  that  product  was 
painted  furniture,  and,  most  recently,  printed  fabric. 

2?*  From  Seed  Money  to  Self-Sufficiency 
I  •     Initially  all  of  YA/YA's  expenses  were  paid  out  of 
the  pocket  of  its  founder.  But  within  a  year  and  a  half  of 
its  opening  YA/YA  began  to  attract  both  public  and  cor- 
porate support.  Grants  from  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  have  supported  YA/YA's  training  operation, 
outreach  efforts  in  other  communities,  the  production  of 
a  documentary,  and,  most  recently,  the  creation  of  a 
book  about  YA/YA.  In  addition  to  helping  YA/YA 
spread  its  mission  around  the  nation  and  the  world,  the 
NEA  has  also  teamed  up  with  state  and  local  arts  agen- 
cies to  help  YA/YA  become  more  economically  self-suffi- 
cient. Funds  from  the  NEA,  the  Louisiana  Division  of 
the  Arts,  and  the  Arts  Council  of  New  Orleans  enabled 
YA/YA  to  create  a  business  plan  and  build  the  small,  fab- 
ric-printing workshop  called  Print  YA/YA,  which 
opened  in  September  1993.  Its  purpose  is  to  generate 
additional  earned  revenue  for  the  organization,  making 
it  less  dependent  on  grants  and  contributions. 

Other  major  sponsors  of  the  workshop  in- 
clude the  Charles  Stewart  Mott  Foundation,  the  Mary 
Reynolds  Babcock  Foundation,  and  the  Downtown  De- 
velopment District  (DDD),  a  nonprofit  taxing  district 
created  to  help  revitalize  downtown  New  Orleans  and  to 
help  promote  its  growth.  DDD  Executive  Director  Don 
Shea  says,  "The  fantastic  work  of  these  young  people  at 
the  YA/YA  studio  is  definitely  one  of  the  factors  behind 
the  growth  and  success  of  downtown's  arts  district. 
Therefore  a  donation  towards  expansion  and  new  devel- 
opment at  the  YA/YA  studio  is  not  only  an  investment 


m 


YA/YA  student  Shazell  Johnson  shown  with  chairs  and  pillows  she  painted 
with  her  own  designs. 
Photo  by  Jana  Napoli 


CO 

o 


o 

3 


in  our  downtown,  it  is  an  investment  in  our  future."  An 
enterprise  that  has  as  its  goal  to  become  economically 
self-supporting  is  very  appealing  to  both  private  and 
public  sponsors.  The  fact  that  YA/YA  has  sold  more 
than  a  quarter  of  a  million  dollars  in  art  during  its  first 
six  years  of  operation  is  impressive.  And  involving  youth 
in  an  economic  development  program  teaches  them  how 
to  run  a  business,  how  to  deal  with  clients,  and  how  to 
be  professionals.  The  more  contact  students  have  with 
paying  customers,  the  more  savvy  they  become  about 
satisfying  those  customers,  and  the  better  prepared  they 
are  to  go  out  and  make  their  living  as  commercial  and 
fine  artists.  "I  wouldn't  let  anybody  get  their  check  till  they 

wrote  a  thank-you  note  to  the        

person  who  bought  their  piece," 
says  Napoli  about  paying  stu- 
dents for  artwork  sold. 

YA/YA's  ultimate 
goal  is  for  the  students  to  be- 
come part  of  the  organiza- 
tion's board  and  staff.  To  this 
end  YA/YA  has  created  the  YA/YA  Committee,  com- 
posed of  both  high  school  and  college  students  and  staff. 
Participation  on  the  committee  gives  students  the  experi- 
ence they  will  need  to  manage  the  organization  in  the  fu- 
ture. Napoli  believes  that  YA/YA  belongs  to  the  stu- 
dents. "I  don't  expect  to  be  the  head  of  YA/YA.  It's 
theirs,"  she  says. 

2j^  The  Importance  of  Press 
\  *     The  talent  of  the  YA/YAs  has  garnered  them  con- 
tracts to  produce  artwork  for  such  notable  clients  as  the 
Italian  design  firm  Alessi,  the  BRAVO  Cable  Network, 
MTV  Networks,  and  Swatch  Ltd.,  and  earned  them  the 
opportunity  to  exhibit  their  work  in  New  York,  Paris, 
Tokyo,  San  Francisco,  and  many  places  in  between. 


How  does  all  this  opportunity  come  YA/YA's 
way?  Early  on,  Napoli  recognized  the  value  of  press  and 
pursued  it  with  a  vengeance.  One  news  story  leads  to  an- 
other, which  leads  to  jobs  and  contracts  to  produce  art- 
work. 

YA/YA's  first  show  of  painted  furniture, 
"Storytelling  Chifforobes  from  New  Orleans,"  attracted 
the  attention  of  the  local  and  national  press  and  traveled 
to  Lincoln  Center  in  New  York,  becoming  the  first  of 
many  traveling  exhibitions  of  work  by  the  YA/YAs.  The 
exhibition  featured  the  YA/YA  students  painting  their 
hopes  and  dreams  on  the  outside  of  a  wardrobe  and  their 
fears  on  the  inside.  Napoli  describes  the  first  encounter 

with  the  press,  "The  first 

\/a  asa  •  •  i  i  •        show  in  New  York,  we  sent 

YA/YA  is  an  experiment  whose  qoal  is  ,  j  i 

'  ~  a  out  one  thousand  press  pack- 

to  prove  that  if  given  the  right  tools  and    ages.  We  got  three  responses. 
a  fertile  environment,  motivated  students    °ne  of  lhem  was MetroPolis 

.  .  .  Magazine,  which  gave  a  fif- 

Can  do  extraordinary  things.  teen-year-old  from  the  South 

his  first  review.  The  second 


was  New  York  Magazine  which  gave  us  a  half  a  page,  and 
the  third  was  the  school  that  would  later  give  two  of  the 
YA/YAs  scholarships  in  New  York  City." 

Publicity  is  also  extremely  important  in  estab- 
lishing credibility.  Jana  Napoli  remembers  the  reaction 
of  Carlos  Neville  when  he  first  saw  his  picture  in  the 
newspaper.  He  said,  "Wow,  Miss  Naps,  how  many 
people  read  the  newspaper?"  When  he  heard  that  over  a 
quarter  of  a  million  people  get  the  local  paper  he 
thought  about  it  for  a  minute,  then  he  said,  "How  can 
we  keep  on  getting  in  the  newspaper?  This  is  cool!" 

"Cool"  translates  into  motivation  for  the  stu- 
dents to  work  hard  and  produce  great  artwork.  Positive 
press  attention  means  more  customers,  an  easier  sell  to 
funders,  and  good  will  from  everyone  who  walks  in  the 


door.  Since  1988  YA/YA  has  been  featured  in  more  than 
sixty  publications  and  twenty  television  programs. 

/J*  Youth  Empowered  Through  Art  §■ 

\  •     YA/YA' s  success  is  a  powerful  example  of  what  can  m 

happen  when  art  is  used  as  an  instrument  of  social  3 

change.  Jane  Alexander,  chairman  of  the  National  En-  § 

dowment  for  the  Arts,  mentioned  YAAA  in  her  speech  = 

to  congressional  freshmen  in  Washington,  D.C.,  on  p 

March  16,  1994:  "In  New  Orleans  I  visited  Young  Aspi-  ^ 

rations/Young  Artists,  YAAA.  —  a  truly  remarkable  pro-  \ 

gram  that  empowers  youth  to  change  their  lives  ...  ^ 

They  don't  all  become  artists  . .  .  But  they  all  learn  the  ^ 

skills  needed  in  life  through  the  arts  to  go  out  into  the 
world  and  succeed:  discipline,  self-esteem,  collaboration, 
and  problem  solving." 

Endorsements  like  this  give  all  of  us  working 
in  creative  endeavors  effective  ammunition  to  combat 
the  notion  that  the  arts  are  a  luxury,  a  frill  to  be  afforded 
only  if  there  is  money  to  spare.  The  nurturing  of  our 
young  people's  creativity  is  an  urgent,  vital  part  of  their 
education.  This  effort  nets  the  real  product  that  will  take 
America  into  the  twenty-first  century:  an  intelligent  and 
resourceful  nation  of  energetic  young  people  with  fresh 
ideas  and  the  skills  to  carry  them  out.  ■ 

Claudia  Barker  is  the  director  of  Young  Aspirations/Young  Art- 
ists, Inc.  This  chapter  is  excerpted  in  part  from  her  forthcoming 
book  about  the  organization. 

For  further  information  on  YA/YA,  please  contact  YA/YA  at  628 
Baronne  Street,  New  Orleans,  LA  701 13;  phone  504-529- 
3306. 


CD 


CD 

D 

=> 

CO 


South  Carolina's  ABC  Project 

Making  a  Difference  in  Education 


Wf 


Artist  Catherine  Murdaugh  works  with  Allison  Brown  on  a 
pottery  vessel  as  part  of  the  third-grade  unit  on  Native  Ameri- 
cans and  South  Carolina  history. 


by  Jan  Collins  Stacker 


At  Redcliffe  Elementary  School  in  Aiken, 
South  Carolina,  Melinda  Gulick's  third 
graders  are  building  a  "plant  machine." 
Through  imaginative  sounds  and  movements  supervised 
by  drama  teacher  Katharine  Doss,  the  children  act  out 
the  functions  of  a  plant's  root  system,  stem,  and  leaves. 
Science  class  has  never  been  so  interesting. 

Nearby,  a  troupe  of  fifth  graders  does  ener- 
getic versions  of  "jumping  quickly,"  "skating  slowly," 
and  several  other  combinations  of  action  verbs  and  ad- 
verbs as  dance  teacher  Beverlee  Powell  directs.  Then  the 
youngsters  sprawl  on  the  floor  to  write  about  "My  Fa- 
vorite Day"  in  their  language  arts  journals,  using  the 
now-familiar  action  words. 

Down  the  hall,  Jennifer  Hamada's  bright- 
eyed  students  in  the  gifted  and  talented  class  mold  clay 
objects  and  record  musical  compositions  that  they  will 
later  bury  at  a  selected  site.  The  art  and  music  artifacts 
are  part  of  an  archaeology  class  assignment  on  examining 
history  and  culture. 

Welcome  to  South  Carolina's  Arts  in  the  Ba- 
sic Curriculum  (ABC)  Project  and  Target  2000  Arts  in 
Education  Grant  Program,  an  innovative  infusion  of  arts 
activities  in  the  curriculum.  The  programs  have  become 
national  models  for  demonstrating  that  strong  arts  edu- 
cation can  spark  broader  education  reform,  improve  aca- 
demic achievement,  reach  at-risk  children  who  are  not 
responding  to  the  old  style  of  education,  and  generate 
unprecedented  excitement  about  learning  among  stu- 
dents, teachers,  administrators,  and  parents. 

Funded  by  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts  (NEA),  the  South  Carolina  Arts  Commission,  and 
the  South  Carolina  Department  of  Education,  the  ABC 
Project  is  now  in  its  seventh  successful  year. 

"It's  working,  and  it's  working  well,"  says 
Jane  V.  Slay,  the  award-winning  principal  of  Redcliffe 


Elementary,  one  of  eight  model  sites  funded  by  the  ABC 
Project.  Since  the  arts  infusion  program  was  introduced 
several  years  ago,  this  rural  school's  standardized  test 
scores  have  risen  dramatically:  between  1990  and  1994, 
the  percentage  of  fourth  graders  scoring  in  the  highest 
quartile  on  the  nationally  recognized  Stanford  8  achieve- 
ment test  zoomed  from  1 9  percent  to  33  percent.  Con- 
versely, the  percentage  placing  in  the  lowest  quartile 
plummeted  from  33  percent  to  9  percent.  The  most  dra- 
matic changes  occurred  with  the  African- American 
males.  The  fifth  grade  scores  were  similar.  "This  is  a  sig- 
nificant shift,"  says  Slay.  "There  must  be  something  in 
our  school  curriculum  that's  causing  this  difference,  and 
we  believe  it's  our  arts  program."  Students  and  teachers 
love  going  to  school  at  Redcliffe;  an  extraordinary  energy 
permeates  the  place. 

fSf  The  Indispensable  Arts 

^      The  goal  of  the  ABC  Project  is  to  provide  quality, 
comprehensive  arts  education  —  comparable  to  instruc- 
tion offered  in  other  basic  subjects  —  for  every  child  in 
every  school  in  the  state.  The  plan's  premise  is  simple: 
the  arts  are  an  indispensable  part  of  a  complete  education. 

The  centerpiece  of  the  ABC  initiative  is  the 
use  of  curriculum  frameworks  developed  by  the  South 
Carolina  Department  of  Education.  The  frameworks  — 
curriculum  guidelines  in  dance,  drama,  music,  and  vi- 
sual arts  —  are  a  statewide  consensus  of  what  children 
are  expected  to  know  and  be  able  to  do  in  the  arts. 

"The  arts  are  an  important  resource  that  can 
lead  toward  greater  creativity,  critical  thinking,  and 
problem-solving  skills  —  all  skills  our  students  will  need 
as  successful  adults  in  the  twenty-first  century,"  says 
State  Senator  Nikki  G.  Setzler.  Proponents  such  as 
Setzler  also  point  out  that  the  arts  can  be  a  valuable  tool 
in  keeping  disadvantaged  and  at-risk  youth  —  a  growing 


o 

c 


O 

Q 


3 

in" 
> 

n 

-a 

_o 

<d' 
n 


Q 
CO 


o 

=R 

CD 

—, 
CD 

n 
CD 


Q_ 

c 
o 
Q 

o' 


cadre  in  many  communities  across  the  country  —  in 
school  and  away  from  risky  pursuits.  "The  arts  offer  for 
disadvantaged  children  the  one  area  in  which  they  are 
not  disadvantaged,"  Setzler  says.  "The  arts  can  provide 
these  children  with  ways  of  achieving  success,  giving 
them  a  feeling  of  pride.  The  arts  are  one  area  in  which 
background  is  not  a  large  determinant  of  success." 

These  considerations  led  Setzler  to  spearhead 
passage  of  legislation  that  has  provided  nearly  $6.2  mil- 
lion in  state  funding  for  arts  in  education  since  1989. 
The  ABC  story,  however,  really  begins  back  in  1984, 
when  then-Governor  (now  U.S.  Secretary  of  Education) 
Richard  W.  Riley  engineered  passage  of  South  Carolina's 
omnibus  Education  Improvement  Act  (EIA),  now  rec- 
ognized as  one  of  the  most  far-reaching  reform  efforts  in 
all  the  fifty  states.  The  EIA  concentrated  on  the  basics  of 
school  improvement,  and  it  was  enormously  successful. 
But  it  addressed  the  arts  only  in  relation  to  programs  for 
gifted  and  talented  students. 

By  1987,  the  South  Carolina  Arts  Commis- 
sion realized  that  the  state  was  ready  to  advance  beyond 
the  basics.  Under  the  direction  of  Scott  Sanders,  former 
executive  director  of  the  South  Carolina  Arts  Commis- 
sion and  now  deputy  chairman  for  partnership  at  the 
NEA,  South  Carolina  became  one  of  the  first  sixteen 
states  to  receive  a  planning  grant  from  the  NEA  to  de- 
velop a  "blueprint"  to  make  the  arts  basic  to  the  curricu- 
lum for  all  students.  A  statewide  steering  committee  — 
composed  of  educators,  artists,  civic  and  legislative 
leaders,  cultural  and  educational  institutions,  and  educa- 
tional and  arts  associations  —  developed  the  plan. 

In  1989  this  collaboration  resulted  in  passage 
of  Target  2000,  a  school  reform  package  that  empha- 
sizes, among  other  things,  the  role  of  arts  education  pro- 
grams in  achieving  higher  order  thinking  skills  and  cre- 
ativity. Target  2000  provides  generous  funding  for  arts 


in  the  schools.  Indeed,  despite  frugal  state  budgets,  the 
legislature  has  remained  steadfast  about  arts-in-education 
funding.  For  the  past  five  years,  the  South  Carolina  leg- 
islature has  allocated  more  than  $1  million  annually  for 
this  purpose. 

yS*  Arts  Education  in  Action 

To  date,  sixty-five  of  the  state's  ninety-one  school 
districts  have  received  Target  2000  arts  funding.  Each 
year,  more  than  100  sites  continue  to  develop  arts  educa- 
tion programs  and  to  implement  proven  processes  in  arts 
education.  For  example: 

Ashley  River  Creative  Arts  Elementary 
School  in  Charleston  is  a  magnet  school  for  students 
from  varied  ethnic  and  socioeconomic  backgrounds  (40 
percent  are  minorities).  At-risk  children,  particularly, 
have  made  large  academic  gains  because  of  the  creative, 
hands-on  approach  used  here,  says  Jayne  Ellicott,  assis- 
tant principal.  "They  learn  by  doing,"  she  says,  "by  par- 
ticipating. The  creative  approach  is  entertaining,  and 
that  grabs  the  attention  of  at-risk  children."  It  grabs  their 
attention  so  well  that  last  year,  Ashley  River  had  an  in- 
credible 99  percent  attendance  rate.  "They  want  to  come 
to  school  even  when  they're  sick,"  Ellicott  says.  "At-risk 
kids  learn  to  do  things  in  front  of  their  peers,  and  they 
learn  that  they're  OK.  They  are  able  to  compete  with 
more  advantaged  kids  because,  in  the  arts,  they  are  no 
longer  behind.  The  creative  approach  puts  them  on  a 
par  with  the  others."  At  Ashley  River,  this  creative  ap- 
proach permeates  all  courses. 

Pine  Street  Elementary  School  in 
Spartanburg  has  the  popular  "Artsploration"  program, 
now  in  its  fifth  year.  Two  portable  classrooms  house  the 
drama  and  dance  programs,  and  parent  and  student  at- 
tendance at  arts  programs  put  on  by  the  youngsters  is 
consistently  high.  "We're  making  great  strides  in  putting 


the  arts  on  a  par  with  other  subject  areas,"  says  Anne 
Predmore,  visual  arts  teacher.  The  arts  curriculum  is 
popular  with  all  the  children,  but  especially  so  with  at- 
risk  youngsters  and  youngsters  with  disabilities.  "They're 
on  equal  footing  with  the  other  kids  in  the  arts,  and 
that's  nice,"  Predmore  says.  "There  are  no  auditions. 
Entrance  into  the  classes  in  not  based  on  scores.  Kids 
feel  at  home  in  the  arts  where  they  might  not  feel  at 
home  in  other  subject  areas,  and  that's  wonderful  for 
their  self-esteem."  Pine  Street  parents  are  so  supportive 
of  Artsploration  that  they  and  the  PTA  supply  60  per- 
cent of  the  matching  grant  funds  for  the  artist-in-resi- 
dency  component. 

The  Wil  Lou  Gray 
Opportunity  School  in  West 
Columbia  is  a  residential 
school  for  at-risk  youth  aged 
fifteen  and  older.  Using  Tar- 


the  eleventh  grader  is  doing  much  better  in  all  his  aca- 
demic classes.  "Now  when  he  doesn't  get  100  percent  on 
a  test,  he  wants  to  know  why.  He  always  wants  to  do 
more,  and  better,"  Lucas  says. 

And  there  is  Redcliffe  Elementary  School  in 
Aiken,  where  the  ABC  Program  has  been  integrated 
fully  into  the  curriculum.  Drawing  on  actual  case  studies 
compiled  recently  as  part  of  a  grant  application,  Princi- 
pal Jane  Slay  can  give  numerous  examples  of  students  — 
especially  high-risk  students  —  whose  lives  have  been 
transformed  by  the  arts.  Clayton,*  for  instance,  was  a 
fifth  grader  who  came  to  Redcliffe  three  years  earlier  as  a 
street-wise  kid  from  New  York  City,  brimming  with 
hostility  and  anger  that 


get  2000  grants  specifically 
designed  for  at-risk  young- 
sters, teachers  at  the  school 
created  an  interdisciplinary 
arts  curriculum  called  "Arts 

Afire";  it  is  credited  with  helping  nearly  all  the  students 
enrolled  in  the  arts  cluster  pass  the  state's  exit  examina- 
tion in  reading  and  writing.  "Their  scores  are  a  big  im- 
provement from  previous  years"  says  Carole  Lucas,  arts 
coordinator.  She  talks  about  Todd,*  a  youth  with  emo- 
tional problems  who  last  year  disliked  school  and  par- 
ticularly hated  library  research.  Arts  Afire  classes,  such  as 
one  that  used  a  drama  component,  seem  to  have  turned 
Todd  around.  "He  loved  researching  the  life  of 
Sophocles,  the  Greek  dramatist,"  says  Lucas.  "He 
learned  that  he  was  very  good  at  memorizing  lines,  at  be- 
ing dramatic,  at  interpreting  and  analyzing.  His  oral  and 


//Ti  .  •  ..  iLi.      erupted  often  and  led  to  re 

I  he  arts  are  an  important  resource  that  ,  _ 

1  peated  suspensions,  but  at 

can  lead  toward  greater  creativity, 

critical  thinking,  and  problem-solving 

skills  —  all  skills  our  students  will  need  as 

successful  adults  in  the  twenty-first  century." 


Redcliffe,  Clayton  discovered 
that  he  loved  drama  and  vi- 
sual arts;  what's  more,  he  was 
extremely  good  at  both.  He 
became  an  honor  roll  student 
who  "felt  good  about  him- 
self," says  Slay.  Adds  a  fifth- 
grade  teacher:  "I  think  the  arts  program  made  a  real  dif- 
ference in  Clayton's  life.  I  think  it  saved  him." 

There  was  also  Russell,*  a  second  grader  who 
had  been  removed  from  his  abusive  parents  and  put  with 
his  five  siblings  in  a  foster  home.  Russell  was  "filled  with 
rage  and  anger  and  hostility,"  says  Slay.  But  Russell 
learned  that  he  loved  music;  he  eventually  rescheduled 
his  weekly  psychiatric  appointment  so  that  he  wouldn't  miss 
music  class.  Russell  also  discovered  dance.  "He  likes  dance," 
said  a  counselor.  "He's  a  good  dancer.  That's  the  way  he  can 
shine."  Russell  continued  to  have  behavioral  problems,  but 
teachers  said  he  threw  fewer  tantrums  and  began  demanding 


CO 

o 

c 


O 

Q 


3 
Q 


> 

O 

-1 

_o 
cd' 


3 

CO 
Q 

o 


CD 

3 

o 

CD 


Q_ 

c 
o 
a 

o' 

3 


written  communication  skills  improved  a  lot."  This  year,        positive  attention.  His  overall  school  work  also  improved. 


'  These  are  real  students,  but  their  names  have  been  changed  to  protect  their  privacy. 


Q 


CO 
O 


o 

3 


jS*  Broad  Impacts 

The  arts  curriculum  framework,  adopted  by  the 
South  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education  in  December 
1993,  has  served  as  a  catalyst  for  broader  school  change. 
The  ABC  Project  and  Target  2000  programs  have  also 
helped  South  Carolinians  understand  the  vital  role 
played  by  arts  education.  A  1 99 1  survey  conducted  by 
the  University  of  South  Carolina  Institute  of  Public  Af- 
fairs indicated  that  94.5  percent  of  South  Carolinians 
viewed  the  arts  as  an  important  part  of  basic  education, 
and  76.6  percent  favored  increased  funding  to 
strengthen  arts  education  in  the  public  schools. 

An  award-winning  statewide  public  relations 

campaign  is  helping  commu-     

nities  increase  support  for  the 
promotion  of  arts  education 
and  the  arts  in  South  Caro- 
lina. Fashioned  by  Jayne 
Darke,  public  information  di- 
rector for  the  South  Carolina 
Arts  Commission,  the  "In 

South  Carolina,  Arts  Educa-      

tion  Means  Business"  cam- 
paign began  in  October  1993.  It  encourages  business 
and  corporate  support  of  arts  education.  The  campaign 
includes  video  public  service  announcements  for  televi- 
sion, brochures  for  South  Carolina's  business  commu- 
nity, and  informational  posters  and  bumper  stickers  for 
South  Carolina  educators  and  schools. 

2f+  Future  Plans 

Over  the  next  two  years,  educators  and  adminis- 
trators will  focus  on  documenting  and  quantifying  the 
impact  of  the  ABC  Project  and  Target  2000  grants  on 
South  Carolina  students.  "It's  difficult  to  prove  to 
people  that  the  arts  work,"  says  Ray  Doughty,  a  profes- 


sor of  music  and  director  of  the  ABC  Project  Office. 
"The  American  way  has  always  been  that  the  arts  are 
only  for  the  gifted  and  talented.  The  arts  have  always  been 
the  'F'  word:  it's  a  frill." 

Doughty  knows  that's  not  true;  he  fields  two 
or  three  inquiries  a  week  from  other  school  districts  and 
states  wanting  to  start  their  own  ABC-type  programs. 
The  teachers  and  principals  at  the  South  Carolina 
schools  lucky  enough  to  have  received  special  arts  fund- 
ing since  1987  also  know  the  impact  the  arts  infusion 
has  had  on  their  schools.  "I'm  here  to  tell  you  that  we're 
on  the  map,"  says  Redcliffe's  Jane  Slay.  "Parents  want 
their  kids  to  come  here  now." 
___ But  to  come  up 


jj-r\  •  i     r  i-        i         .  n      with  hard  data,  several  special 

I  he  arts  can  provide  [disadvantaged!      _-  cc    . 

■  "  errorts  to  assess  effectiveness 

children  With  Ways  of  achieving  SUCCeSS,     0f  programs  are  planned  for 

giving  them  a  feeling  of  pride.  The  arts     1995  ^d  1996.  These  efforts 

■  .    ,    i         ■  .  .  will  include:  (1)  documenting 

are  one  area  in  which  backqround  is  „    .     •  .    ,^n 

°  annually  the  eight  Ar3C 

not  a  large  determinant  of  success."       model  sites  programs,  to  in- 

elude  qualitative  and  quanti- 
tative information  on  pro- 
gram developments;  (2)  reviewing  the  results  of  research 
grants  that  were  awarded  in  1 993  to  study  the  effects  of 
enhanced  arts  curriculum  on  general  student  perfor- 
mance at  two  ABC  model  sites  and  to  conduct  a  state- 
wide arts  education  survey  for  South  Carolina;  (3)  creat- 
ing an  ABC  Steering  Committee  special  subcommittee 
for  program  evaluation;  (4)  forming  a  special  Arts  As- 
sessment Task  Force;  (5)  hiring  an  outside  evaluator  to 
assess  the  role  of  artists  in  residence  and  to  recommend  how 
to  enhance  the  ways  such  artists  can  be  used  in  the  schools. 

A  study  currendy  under  way  in  Beaufort 
County  is  looking  at  test  scores  and  dropout  rates,  and 
whether  arts  education  makes  a  provable  difference  in 


■D 
Q 


these  areas.  Teachers  and  principals  are  convinced  it 

does;  leveling  the  playing  field  through  the  arts  increases 

self-esteem  and  reduces  the  stresses  and  risks  for  cf 

children  who  might  otherwise  get  discouraged  and  ^ 

drop  out  of  school.  Q 

"Legislators  understand  the  importance  of  the 
arts  as  a  basic  part  of  education,"  says  Len  Marini,  direc- 
tor of  research  for  South  Carolina's  Joint  Legislative  9? 
Committee  on  Cultural  Affairs.  "They  also  understand  7 
the  importance  of  the  arts  to  their  constituents."  g 

But  funding  is  the  key.  "Everything  comes  5 

down  to  money,"  says  Rep.  Mike  Jaskwhich,  a  South  zr 

Carolina  legislator  who  is  a  staunch  supporter  of  the  ^ 

arts  and  chairman  of  the  ABC  Steering  Committee.  3 

And  arts  education  is  a  fragile  item,  especially  when  bud-  ^ 

gets  are  tight.  g 

Still,  South  Carolina's  arts  education  pro-  5 

m 

grams  have  demonstrated  graphically  the  value  of  the  2~ 

arts  in  helping  all  children  —  at-risk,  handicapped,  aver-  §■. 

age,  and  gifted  —  thrive.  The  power  of  arts  in  education 
is  especially  notable  with  at-risk  youth:  the  arts  are  help- 
ing many  of  these  children  transcend  the  limits  of  their 
environment,  feel  good  about  themselves,  and  stay  in 
school.  South  Carolina's  success  in  motivating  all  types 
of  children  through  the  arts  —  but  especially  in  reclaim- 
ing many  of  its  troubled  young  people  —  is  an  emphatic 
reason  for  other  states  to  do  likewise.  ■ 

Jan  Collins  Stucker  is  a  free-lance  writer  and  editor  based  in  Co- 
lumbia, South  Carolina.  She  is  a  former  education  reporter  and 
has  written  extensively  about  the  arts. 

For  further  information  on  South  Carolina's  ABC  Project,  please 
contact  the  South  Carolina  Arts  Commission  at  1800  Gervais 
Street,  Columbia,  SC  29201;  phone  803-734-8696. 


3 


Denver's  Neighborhood 
Cultures 


Youth  Coordinator  Ricardo  Vega  and  some  members  of 
the  Fathers  and  Sons  Group,  an  ongoing  program  of  the 
Denver  Inner  City  Parish,  stand  before  a  mural  painted 
by  the  group  with  the  help  of  artist  Carlos  Fresquez. 


by  TomAuer 


Like  many  large  ciries,  Denver  is  a  mosaic  of 
neighborhoods  and  cultures.  Neighborhood 
boundaries  are  not  always  clear,  and  some  com- 
munities seem  almost  invisible,  forgotten  by  city  admin- 
istrators and  adjoining  communities.  Many  of  these  in- 
visible communities  are  straining  under  the  pressures  of 
poverty,  unemployment,  high  dropout  rates,  and  a  lack 
of  health  resources.  Crime,  drug  use,  and  street  gangs 
operate  in  these  shadows  and  force  children  to  live  in 
unhealthy  and  dangerous  environments. 

j^  New  Identity  for  Denver's 
*    Forgotten  Neighborhoods 

In  Denver,  a  pilot  grant  program  called  Neighborhood 
Cultures  of  Denver  (NCD)  is  combating  some  of  these 
ills  by  using  arts  projects  to  promote  cultural  awareness 
and  improve  neighborhood  identity.  Developed 
collaboratively  by  the  Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts 
with  city  and  federal  support  and  the  advice  and  guid- 
ance of  citizens,  politicians,  artists,  and  arts  organiza- 
tions, NCD  has  demonstrated  that  the  arts  can 
strengthen  the  fabric  of  a  community  and  make  it  a  bet- 
ter place  in  which  to  grow  up. 

Marvo  Ewell,  the  director  of  Community 

*  J 

Programs  for  the  Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts,  points 
out,  "sharing  a  common  place  bonds  people  in  a  special 
way.  Neighborhood  Cultures  of  Denver  acknowledges 
this  bond."  "Much  of  Denver's  energy  comes  from  the 
vitality  of  its  neighborhoods,"  continues  Tim  Sandos, 
Denver's  city  councilman- at-large  and  the  original  chair- 
man of  Neighborhood  Cultures  of  Denver.  "NCD  is  a 
unique  collaboration  that  brings  arts  to  neighborhoods 
as  a  tool  to  celebrate  strengths  and  diversitv  while  find- 

O  J 

ing  solutions  to  community  issues." 


>t^  Timing,  Planning,  Cooperating, 
*\    And  Collaborating 

The  roots  of  the  Neighborhood  Cultures  of  Denver  pro- 
gram go  back  to  a  cultural  planning  document  called 
"Cultural  Denver,"  which  was  adopted  by  the  Denver 
Planning  Board  as  a  part  of  Denver's  Comprehensive 
Plan.  The  Cultural  Denver  document  was  adopted  just 
as  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  made  funds 
available  to  state  arts  agencies  for  projects  in  underserved 
areas.  At  the  same  time,  the  Colorado  Council  on  the 
Arts  (CCA)  made  a  long-term  commitment  to  work 
more  closely  with  urban  neighborhoods.  Support  from 
the  Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts,  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts,  and  the  Denver  Mayor's  Office  of 
Art,  Culture  and  Film  were  combined  to  make  Cultural 
Denver  a  reality.  A  project  steering  committee,  chaired 
by  Tim  Sandos,  included  representatives  of  the  Denver 
Planning  Office,  artists,  and  neighborhood  activists. 

In  1991,  eight  Denver  neighborhood  out- 
reach meetings  took  place  throughout  the  city  —  in 
churches,  schools,  and  community  centers.  In  1 992,  the 
first  year  of  grant  making,  forty-four  applications  were 
received  and  grants  were  distributed  to  thirteen  neigh- 
borhood groups.  Over  the  next  two  years,  approximately 
twenty  more  neighborhood  organizations  received  grants 
for  their  communities.  Successful  proposals  were  those 
that  made  a  powerful  case  for  the  project's  importance  to 
the  neighborhood,  showed  that  residents  designed  the 
program  with  artists  as  facilitators,  and  projected  both 
artistically  exciting  and  socially  important  outcomes. 

**j^  Programs  Reflect  Neighborhood  Cultures 

'  \    On  the  west  side  of  Denver,  the  Mulroy  commu- 
nity is  considered  a  high-risk  area  because  of  poverty 
and  a  high  dropout  rate  among  school  children.  Its 


CD 

< 
CD 


CD 
CQ' 


cr 
o 


O 
o 

Q_ 

n 


c 

CD 


Q 


0_ 

c 

o' 

3 


population  is  primarily  Hispanic,  with  sizeable  Native 
American  and  African-American  groups. 

The  Mulroy  Neighborhood  Center,  across 
the  street  from  a  large  public  housing  project,  provides 
services  for  all  age  groups,  with  an  emphasis  on  pro- 
grams for  children  and  youth.  With  a  grant  from  NCD 
and  assistance  from  Catholic  Community  Services, 
neighbors  designed  a  yearlong  folk  arts  program  to  pro- 
mote cultural  awareness  and  education. 

Anna  Totta,  program  director  of  the  Mulroy 
Neighborhood  Center,  explains  that  the  folk  arts  pro- 
gram tries  to  broaden  the  children's  experience,  and  to 
build  confidence  in  their  ability  to  function  in  different 

surroundings  and  to  relate  

better  to  people  of  all  cultures. 
"There  are  a  couple  of  pre- 
mises that  the  program  is  built 
on,"  she  says.  "First,  children 
must  have  a  positive  self-im- 
age about  who  they  are  and 
where  they  come  from.  They 

should  also  learn  to  appreciate    

other  cultures.  Second,  chil- 
dren who  are  of  school  age  should  be  able  to  learn  to  fo- 
cus on  a  skill  and  master  that  skill  as  much  as  possible. 
We're  trying  to  both  improve  their  self-esteem  and  de- 
velop their  abilities  to  focus  and  learn." 

The  Mulroy  folk  arts  program  included  three 
separate  sets  of  activities  for  children  ages  five  to  twelve 
that  took  place  over  the  course  of  a  year.  The  first  was  a 
sixteen-week  program  devoted  to  Native  American  cul- 
ture in  which  the  children  created  artwork  based  on  Na- 
tive American  designs,  including  beaded  work,  drawings, 
and  totem  poles.  Creative  writing  exercises  helped  to  ex- 
pand their  knowledge  of  the  culture.  And  Calvin  Stand- 
ing Bear,  a  Lakota  Rosebud  Sioux,  taught  the  kids  how 


'Neighborhood  Cultures  of  Denver  is  a 

unique  collaboration  that  brings  arts  to 

neighborhoods  as  a  tool  to  celebrate 

strengths  and  diversity  while  finding 

solutions  to  community  issues." 


to  play  Native  American  flute,  meeting  twicp  a  week 
with  twenty-six  students.  The  program  stimulated  so 
much  interest  that  Standing  Bear  is  now  offering  the 
children  Native  American  drum  lessons. 

The  next  section  of  the  folk  arts  program  was 
a  thirteen-week  course  on  colonial  New  Mexican  folk 
dancing  taught  by  Marie  O.  Trujillo,  who  had  learned 
the  dances  from  her  parents  and  grandparents.  The 
dances  are  simple  ones,  Trujillo  explains,  that  depict  the 
everyday  lives  of  the  conquistadors  and  the  colonists 
who  lived  in  northern  New  Mexico  many  years  ago  — 
the  La  Cuna  or  cradle  dance;  the  vaqueiv,  which  means  cow- 
boy, and  the  European  "waltz  of  the  scarf,"  a  wedding 

march.  "Music  and  dancing  are 

good  therapy  for  everyone," 
says  Trujillo.  "Dancing  is  a  so- 
cial activity  that  can  help  chil- 
dren get  along.  The  children 
help  each  other  in  class." 

The  final  section 
of  the  folk  arts  program  fo- 

cused  on  African-American 

culture.  Like  the  first  two  seg- 
ments, it  included  lessons  in  history,  culture,  art,  and 
music  (African-American  drumming).  Each  of  these 
three  sections  culminated  in  a  public  presentation  for  the 
entire  community.  The  Mulroy  Neighborhood  Center 
estimates  that  more  than  1,200  people,  including  students, 
teachers,  parents,  neighbors,  and  audience  members,  partici- 
pated in  some  way  in  the  neighborhood  folk  arts  program. 


* 


A  Welcome  Arch,  Personal  Icons,  and  a 
Memorial  Garden 

Elyria,  northwest  of  downtown  Denver  in  a  primarily 
industrial  area,  is  mosdy  Hispanic  with  some  older 


residents  of  Eastern  European  ancestry.  The  Elyria 
Neighborhood  Association  decided  to  create  a  large 
work  of  art  honoring  the  cultures  in  their  neighborhood, 
which  they  described  as  "invisible"  to  the  rest  of  the  city. 
A  major  highway  —  interstate  70  —  literally  passes  over, 
and  thus  avoids,  the  Elyria  community.  The  group  de- 
signed and  constructed  a  giant,  colorful  Welcome  Arch 
for  visitors  to  their  neighborhood.  More  than  seventy- 
five  Elyria  residents,  young  and  old,  built  the  sixteen- 
foot  arch  made  from  eighteen  four-by-four-foot  panels 
that  depict  the  history  and  culture  of  the  area. 

"This  project  profoundly  touched  my  life," 
said  the  Reverend  Kathy  Mitchell,  an  Elyria  neighbor- 
hood leader.  "To  see  our 
older  residents  working  with 
teenagers  and  preschoolers 


come  to  the  library  and  say,  'That's  my  tile,  that's  my 
symbol,  that's  important  to  me.'  And  yet,  it  all  works  to- 
gether as  a  piece  of  art  because  there  was  uniformity  in 
the  way  it  was  executed."  The  mural  is  now  a  permanent 
fixture  outside  the  library. 

"Community-building  is  the  soul  of  the  NCD 
program,"  says  Rose.  "The  heart  of  it  is  seen  when  people 
in  a  community  work  together  —  choosing  a  design, 
picking  a  theme,™  and  then  executing  it.  NCD  has  al- 
lowed that  to  occur.  But  most  important,  the  people  who 
did  [this  mural]  have  a  permanent  tie  to  their  neighbor- 
hood library  and  a  sense  of  ownership." 

Gloria  Leyba,  now  the  chair  of  the  NCD 
steering  committee,  recalls  an 


was  nothing  short  of  a 
miracle.  The  focus  was  no 
longer  age,  ethnicity,  lan- 
guage, or  gender.  The  focus 
was  neighborhood." 

The  Barnum/Westwood  neighborhood  is  a 
low-income  neighborhood,  primarily  Hispanic,  but  with 
a  relatively  new  population  of  Vietnamese  and  other 
Asian  cultures.  This  influx  of  new  immigrants  has  caused 
some  friction.  The  Ross/Barnum  Library,  with  the  help 
of  artist  and  community  organizer  Barry  Rose,  decided 
to  construct  a  bronze  tile  mural  at  the  library.  The  artist 
sought  out  people  from  all  of  the  neighborhood's  cul- 
tural groups  to  create  it. 

The  theme  of  the  mural  was  personal  icons. 
Neighbors  designed  and  constructed  thirty-six  individual 
six-inch-square  bronze  tiles.  They  chose  symbols  of  some 
personal  significance,  drawing  on  books,  education,  fam- 
ily, and  art.  "Individuals  were  free  to  express  themselves 
within  the  whole,"  said  Rose,  "and  now,  each  person  can 


symbol,  that's  important  tome/" 


//  A      i  i  ,i         NCD  program  designed  for 

And  now.  each  person  can  come  to  the  rf  ,       ««w  , 

1  teenage  fathers.    We  know 

library  and  say,  'That's  my  tile,  that's  my    that  there's  quite  a  vacuum  as 

far  as  programs  that  work 
with  young  men.  So  a  pro- 
gram was  put  together  by  the 
Denver  Inner-City  Parish,  and  it  resulted  in  several 
projects.  One  was  a  historical  mural  that  allowed  the 
young  men,  primarily  Hispanic  boys,  to  get  into  their 
personal  histories,  their  roots,  to  gain  a  sense  of  self.  In 
another  project  they  wrote  poetry  about  parenting.  Some 
wrote  about  being  single  fathers. 

"The  significance  of  the  program,  as  I  see  it,  is 
the  impact  it  had  on  their  lives  and  surroundings,"  Leyba 
continues.  "They  had  interviews  and  discussions  with  se- 
nior citizens.  They  were  able  to  look  to  the  elders  of  the 
community  to  get  more  of  a  sense  of  parenting  and  fam- 
ily. Sometimes  these  young  people  don't  have  that  kind 
of  relationship  with  their  own  parents. 

"The  project  is  finished  now,  but  it  has  prob- 
ably had  some  impact  on  how  these  young  people  look  at 
families  and  how  thev  see  the  role  of  the  father  in  the 


CD 

< 
CD 


Z 
CD 
CQ' 

3" 

cr 
o 

o 
o 

Q_ 

o 

c 


CD 


-a 
a 


o 


o 

3 


family.  They  were  also  able  to  share  that  knowledge  with 
their  own  children,  as  well  as  other  elementary  school  kids." 

Just  getting  underway  at  the  end  of  1994  is 
the  development  of  Memorial  Garden,  which  will  trans- 
form a  vacant  lot  in  northwest  Denver  into  a  commu- 
nity park.  The  idea  came  from  Parents  for  Peace,  a 
neighborhood  organization  whose  primary  purpose  is  to 
fight  gang  violence.  The  Memorial  Garden  will  include 
a  community  vegetable  garden,  seating  areas,  flower  gar- 
dens, an  Aztec  dance  and  game  court,  a  neighborhood 
plaza,  and  a  basketball  court.  Neighborhood  artists,  local 
activists,  gardeners,  mentors,  and  other  leaders  will  assist 
in  the  planning  and  implementation  of  the  project,  a 
memorial  to  peace  in  a  neighborhood  literally  under  the 
gun  of  gang  violence  and  street  crime. 

^JS  The  Power  of  Art  and  Communication 

~  \  Fabby  Hillyard,  of  the  Mayor's  Office  of  Arts, 
Culture  and  Film,  likes  the  way  NCD  has  developed  by 
learning  from  the  communities.  "Neighborhoods  have 
the  ability  to  define  and  describe  themselves  artistically 
from  the  inside  out,  not  the  outside  in.  We  keep  learn- 
ing more  about  what  communities  need,  and  we  put  it 
back  into  the  program. 

"NCD  [gives]  neighborhoods  and  communi- 
ties .  .  .  the  opportunity,  using  the  arts,  to  celebrate,  to 
address  issues,  to  go  for  more  overt  neighborhood  identi- 
fication," Hillyard  says.  "It's  their  project.  They  design 
it,  plan  it,  implement  it,  use  artists  as  technical  resource 
people,  but  they  [work  as]  a  team." 

Cyndy  M-A  Medeiros,  the  NCD  program 
director  who  works  under  the  auspices  of  the  Colorado 
Center  for  Community  Development  (a  program  of  the 
University  of  Colorado  at  Denver),  continues  to  refine 
the  program  and  streamline  the  process,  making  the  pro- 
cess clearer  for  neighborhoods  to  access  funding.  She 


hopes  to  expand  the  program  into  other  parts  of  the 
metropolitan  area  and  eventually  across  the  entire  state. 

"What  makes  our  organization  unique,"  she 
says,  "is  that  we're  not  just  providing  funds  for  a  sculp- 
ture or  a  painting.  We're  providing  funds  for  a  creative 
neighborhood  planning  process.  It's  not  only  the  mural 
that  people  will  remember.  They  will  remember  the 
bonding  that  occurred  over  the  three  or  four  months 
when  people  came  together  with  their  special  talents  to 
make  a  project  happen."  As  a  result  of  that  bonding,  the 
NCD  steering  committee  hopes  that  the  neighborhoods' 
residents  can  continue  to  move  forward  in  a  spirit  of 
unity,  self-confidence,  and  creativity  to  address  commu- 
nity problems. 

In  addition,  the  NCD  program  now  allows 
individual  artists  to  apply  for  funding,  provided  they 
have  a  community  partner.  "Traditionally,"  Medeiros 
says,  "the  neighborhood  organization  would  come  up 
with  the  idea  and  then  would  have  to  find  an  artist. 
Now  artists  can  say,  'I  have  something  I  can  give  to  the 
community,'  and  find  a  neighborhood  organization  to 
work  with  them." 

The  greatest  benefits  of  the  program,  she  says, 
are  "the  relationships  that  are  built  as  a  result  of  the 
projects.  Residents  get  more  involved  with  their  own 
neighborhood  organizations,  they  learn  more  about  their 
communities  and  meet  neighbors  they've  never  met  be- 
fore. They  become  empowered  by  the  process.  Because 
this  funding  process  is  similar  to  many  others,  they  also 
learn  what  it  takes  to  obtain  financial  support  to  im- 
prove their  neighborhood." 

Medeiros  also  notes  that,  "it's  great  to  see 
people  discover  the  artist  within  themselves.  In  some 
programs  we  have  parents  doing  projects  with  their  chil- 
dren. To  see  that  growth  in  imagination  and  to  observe 
the  reinforcement  of  family  ties  is  a  great  benefit." 


^  The  Future  of  NCD 

^  \  The  initial  funding  for  this  program  ended  in  De- 
cember of  1994,  but  it  is  expected  to  continue.  The  5 
Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Denver  Mayor's  ? 
Office  of  Art,  Culture  and  Film  are  working  together  z 
and  with  other  neighborhood  groups  to  ensure  that  c5' 
NCD  can  carry  on.  They  have  seen  how  underserved  o" 
communities  have  enriched  themselves  with  the  help  of  o 
artists  and  neighborhood  organizations.  The  Mayor's 


o 

Q_ 

n 
Office  of  Arts,  Culture  and  Film  plans  to  maintain  its  §r 


commitment  to  NCD.  "We  would  love  to  find  a  partner 
who  would  raise  the  pool,"  says  Hillyard,  "but  even  if  we 
don't,  we'll  do  it  anyway." 

What  strikes  CCA  Executive  Director  Bar- 
bara Neal  most  about  the  program  is  how  different 
funding  partners  pulled  together  to  make  it  happen. 
"The  cooperation  between  the  NEA,  the  state  arts  coun- 
cil, and  the  Mayor's  Office  on  Art,  Culture  and  Film," 
she  notes,  "is  a  unique  partnership.  And  it  is  something 
that  we  need  to  look  at  more  closely  in  the  future.  Each 
one  of  these  entities  has  the  same  degree  of  commitment 
to  arts  development  on  one  of  the  smallest  local  levels, 
which  is  the  neighborhood."  ■ 

Tom  Auer  is  the  publisher  of  The  Bloomsbury  Review,  a  "book 
magazine"  distributed  nationally  from  Denver.  He  was  also  the 
Colorado  coordinator  for  the  Tumblewords:  Writers  Rolling  the 
West  program,  which  sponsored  literary  presentations  in  under- 
served  areas  of  eight  western  states. 

For  further  information  on  Neighborhood  Cultures  of  Denver, 
please  contact  the  Colorado  Council  on  the  Arts  at  750  Pennsyl- 
vania Street,  Denver,  CO  80203-3699;  phone  303-894-2617. 


Working  Their  Way 
nto  the  Arts 


Miguel  Almestica  demonstrating  the  Puerto  Rican  pandereta  to  students  at 
William  Davies  Career  and  Technical  High  School  for  the  folk  arts  component 
of  Arts  Talk. 

Photo  by  Winnie  Lambrecht 


by  John  Pantalone 


Think  back  to  your  high  school  encounter  with 
Shakespeare.  Sitting  in  a  classroom  reading 
from  a  book  wasn't  what  the  Bard  had  in 
mind.  If  you  were  lucky  you  had  a  chance  to  see  a  live 
production,  but  even  then  you  couldn't  understand  the 
language  or  summon  enough  excitement  to  see  more  on 
your  own,  could  you? 

Now  consider  the  experience  of  the  students 
from  Rhode  Island's  William  Davies  Career  and  Techni- 
cal High  School  who,  through  the  Rhode  Island  State 
Council  on  the  Arts'  Arts  Talk  Program,  had  the  good 
fortune  of  getting  under  Macbeth's  skin  at  Providence's 
Trinity  Repertory  Company,  a  Tony  Award-winning  re- 
gional theatre.  Before  they  were  done  with  Shakespeare's 
classic  tragedy  about  ambition,  intrigue,  and  murder, 
students  in  the  program  had  visited  backstage  with  set 
designers,  carpenters,  costume  makers,  and  lighting  ex- 
perts. They  met  the  actors  and  the  director,  and  their 
special  visit  with  Macbeth  inspired  them  to  design  and 
silkscreen  T-shirts  for  the  play. 

The  chance  to  see  the  language  of 
Shakespeare  come  alive  made  all  the  difference  for  the 
Davies  students,  and  the  opportunity  to  spend  time  with 
technical  staff  at  the  theatre  opened  their  eyes  to  the  pos- 
sibility of  careers  in  live  theatre,  something  none  of  them 
had  considered  before. 

2j*  Reaching  a  New  Group  of  Students 

»        Arts  Talk,  developed  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Rhode  Island  State  Council  on  the  Arts  (RISCA),  is  now 
in  its  fifth  year  at  Davies  High  School.  The  basic  con- 
cept, says  RISCA's  Arts  in  Education  Coordinator 
Sherilyn  Brown,  is  to  give  technical  students  a  broader 
learning  base  and,  more  fundamentally,  to  help  them 
improve  their  communication  skills.  "In  the  late  1980s 
we  were  looking  at  ways  to  reach  school  populations  — 


underserved  populations  —  with  our  programming," 
Brown  explains.  "All  our  education  efforts  were  being 
tied  to  the  state's  literacy  initiative.  We  began  to  con- 
ceive of  the  arts  as  languages  and  communication,  and 
we  thought  it  made  sense  to  do  this  with  vocational/ 
technical  students." 

Davies  is  a  state-run  school  in  the  Blackstone 
Valley  region  of  Rhode  Island,  considered  the  birthplace 
of  the  Industrial  Revolution  in  America.  Once  a  leader 
in  manufacturing,  the  area  has  struggled  since  the  1950s 
to  recover  from  a  dwindling  economic  base.  Of  Davies's 
700  students,  88  percent  have  been  identified  as  aca- 
demically disadvantaged.  In  addition,  35  percent  are 
considered  economically  disadvantaged,  and  53  percent 
have  special  needs  of  some  kind.  A  growing  number  of 
students  from  immigrant  families  —  Hispanic,  Asian, 
and  Portuguese  —  enter  the  school  with  limited  profi- 
ciency in  English,  and  demographic  data  suggests  the 
number  will  continue  to  rise. 

Arts  Talk  gives  technical  and  career  students, 
who  rarely  interact  with  the  arts  in  school,  opportunities 
to  interact  with  professional  actors,  musicians,  dancers, 
designers,  curators,  and  others  from  some  of  their  state's 
most  prestigious  cultural  institutions.  William  Foley  and 
Beverly  Lembo,  the  Davies  teachers  who  have  guided  the 
program  since  its  inception,  work  in  close  consultation 
with  Rhode  Island's  regionally  and  nationally  recognized 
cultural  institutions  —  the  centerpiece  of  Arts  Talk. 
They  integrate  the  arts  with  the  subject  matter  being  studied 
at  the  time  in  the  English  and  social  studies  classes. 

For  instance,  in  their  sophomore  year,  the 
Arts  Talk  students  studied  the  period  of  American  his- 
tory from  1865  to  1900,  and  in  their  English  class  read 
Dances  With  Wolves.  During  the  same  period  they  visited 
the  Museum  of  Art  at  the  Rhode  Island  School  of  De- 
sign (RISD)  to  view  Native  American  artifacts.  A 


o 


3 
CO 


Q 

5' 
o 

3- 

CD 
> 


D 


GO 
O 


O 

3 


medicine  woman  from  the  Narragansett  Indian  tribe  vis- 
ited them  at  the  school  and  a  Native  American  dance 
troupe  performed  for  them,  so  they  learned  about  an- 
other culture  in  several  different  ways. 

When  the  class  was  studying  immigration  in 
social  studies  class  and  reading  British  literature  in  En- 
glish class,  Trinity  Rep  was  staging  a  production  of 
Twelfth  Night  with  the  story  set  in  the  early  twentieth 
century.  The  students  read  the  play  and  did  background 
research  on  it  before  visiting  the  theatre,  and  the  techni- 
cal students  each  hooked  up  with  specialists  in  their  areas 
of  vocational  study,  from  electronics  to  costuming  to 
graphic  arts. 

The  coordinators      

at  the  various  cultural  institu- 
tions make  every  effort  to  de- 
velop interesting  experiences 
for  the  students  that  relate  to 
the  subjects  they're  studying. 
According  to  David  Stark,  the 
education  coordinator  at  the 
RISD  Museum  of  Art,  "We 
have  tried  hard  to  connect  our 
exhibits  and  items  from  our  collection  to  the  general 
subjects  the  students  are  studying.  For  instance,  we  re- 
lated a  Picasso  exhibit  and  cubism  to  African  art  when 
they  were  studying  Africa.  They  toured  our  African  Gal- 
lery and  were  able  to  study  the  masks,  objects,  and  arti- 
facts first-hand."  Following  their  visit,  a  RISD  arts  in- 
structor taught  them  how  to  create  collages. 

Stark  introduced  a  graphic  arts  and  design 
component  into  Arts  Talk  in  the  fourth  year  of  the  pro- 
gram, and  this  year  the  students  are  going  to  embark  on 
a  major  project  that  will  incorporate  graphic  arts  with 
many  other  elements.  As  Foley  explains  it,  the  students 
will  be  working  on  a  science  fiction  theme  by  reading 


Fahrenheit  451  for  English  class,  creating  their  own  illus- 
trations for  the  story,  and  producing  a  half-hour  radio 
program.  Electronics  students  will  develop  devices  that 
will  be  used  in  the  radio  show.  The  students  will  also  at- 
tend a  play  with  a  science  fiction  theme,  study  mummies 
in  the  RISD  Museum  of  Art,  work  on  sound  effects 
with  folk  musicians,  and  hear  the  Rhode  Island  Philhar- 
monic perform  a  program  called  "Salute  to  Flying  Objects." 


fr 


"The  dropout  rate  at  our  school  was 

about  12  percent  overall  when  we 

started  this  program.  After  two  years  the    they  are  studying 

dropout  rate  among  the  Arts  Talk 

students  was  zero." 


Opening  Up  New  Worlds 

"Without  question  the  biggest  impact  of  this  pro- 
gram has  been  in  the  self-esteem  of  these  students,"  says 
Foley.  "They  have  responded  because  the  program  has 

introduced  them  to  a  whole 

new  world  .  .  .  and  the  pro- 
gram has  related  that  new 
world  to  the  technical  fields 

The 
kids  studying  graphic  arts 
have  worked  with  designers  at 
Trinity  Rep  and  graphics  ex- 

perts  at  RISD.  Kids  who  are 

interested  in  electrical  work 
have  seen  what  it  takes  to  set  up  lighting  and  special  ef- 
fects on  a  stage." 

"Most  of  these  kids  had  never  attended  a  play 
or  visited  a  museum  [before  this  program],"  says 
RISCA's  Brown.  "The  program  has  taught  them  how  to 
be  an  audience,  how  to  behave  at  the  theatre  or  in  a  mu- 
seum. And  in  the  process  they've  discovered  that  art 
forms  they  might  have  thought  were  elitist  or  difficult 
are  quite  accessible." 

"I'm  not  surprised  at  the  positive  effect  this 
has  had  on  the  students,"  says  David  Gasper,  education 
director  at  the  Rhode  Island  Philharmonic.  "They  are 
like  any  other  potential  audience.  If  they  are  given  the 


Narragansett  artist  Ella  Sekatau  demonstrating  regalia  making  to  Arts 

Talk  students. 

Photo  by  Winnie  Lambrecht 


Q 


O 


o 

13 


attention  they  need  and  the  material  is  presented  in  a 
way  that  involves  them  .  .  .  they'll  respond." 

Gasper  continues,  "For  them  to  appreciate 
classical  music,  they  have  to  understand  some  of  its  lan- 
guage just  like  anyone  else.  We  gave  them  the  opportu- 
nity and  the  environment  to  appreciate  it,  and  they  re- 
sponded. It's  an  accomplishment  to  get  any  high  school 
student  to  appreciate  an  abstract  art  like  music,  especially 
when  vou  consider  that  they  are  weaned  on  popular  cul- 
ture and  the  superficial,  short-term  rewards  it  provides." 

Peg  Melozzi,  Trinity  Rep's  education  direc- 
tor, spoke  of  a  telling  moment  that  occurred  during  a 
performance  of  Twelfth  Night,  where  there  were  500 
high  school  students  in  the  audience.  "I  noticed  this 
pocket  of  beautifully  behaved,  in-tune,  perceptive  kids. 
Thevwere  the  kids  from  Davies.  Thev  were  focused. 
They  knew  the  plav.  Thev  behaved  the  way  vou  hope  an 
audience  will  behave." 

Melozzi  continues,  "The  difference  with  the 
Davies  kids,  I'm  sure,  was  that  they  knew  the  actors,  and 
they  knew  how  the  set  was  built  and  how  the  lighting 
was  done.  They  were  in  tune  with  the  whole  production, 
and  thevwere  intensely  interested  in  it." 

2j*  Positive  Effects 

\  '      "After  the  first  year  of  the  program  you  couldn't 
tell  the  difference  between  the  special  needs  students  and 
the  regular  classroom  students  by  behavior  or  by  test 
scores,"  according  to  Lembo.  "The  dropout  rate  at  our 
school  was  about  12  percent  overall  when  we  started  this 
program.  After  two  years  the  dropout  rate  among  the 
Arts  Talk  students  was  zero.' 

Lembo  tells  of  a  student  who  graduated  last 
spring  and  joined  the  Marine  Corps,  barely  a  year  after 
she  had  been  having  terrible  trouble  in  school.  The 
teacher  believes  that  Arts  Talk  prevented  her  from 


leaving  school.  "She  was  living  in  a  group  hbme  and  she 
didn't  care  about  school  or  anything,  really,"  says 
Lembo..  "Then  at  one  of  the  Arts  Talk  programs  on  Na- 
tive American  culture  she  seemed  to  perk  up.  Her  father 
had  a  Native  American  background,  and  she  seemed 
very  interested  in  learning  more.  Pretty  soon  she  was 
stud}ing  it  on  her  own  and  doing  a  lot  of  related  art- 
work. She  began  to  write  poetry,  her  whole  attitude  im- 
proved and  her  attentiveness  in  school  got  so  much  better." 

The  folk  arts  elements  of  the  program  had  a 
special  influence  on  many  of  the  students,  says  Winnie 
Lambrecht,  folk  arts  coordinator  for  RISCA.  "Many  of 
them  are  from  immigrant  backgrounds  or  are  irnrni- 
grants  themselves,  so  it  touches  them  personal!}'  to  know 
that  their  cultural  background  is  valued  in  an  educa- 
tional setting,  because  they  seldom  see  it  valued  in  the 
mainstream." 

Another  special  attraction  of  Arts  Talk  is  the 
opportunity  for  students  to  meet  and  get  to  know  pro- 
fessionals in  the  arts.  Last  spring,  for  instance,  students 
sat  on  the  1940s  nightclub  set  of  Trinity  Rep's  produc- 
tion of  Lady  Day  at  the  Emerson  Bar  and  Grille  listening 
to  Rose  Weaver,  the  show's  star  and  a  veteran  of  over 
two  decades  of  stage,  film,  and  television  acting  and 
singing.  The  students  sat  rapt  as  Weaver  talked  to  them 
not  just  about  Billie  Holiday  and  her  tragic  life  and  artis- 
tic genius,  but  also  shared  with  them  her  own  life  as  an 
actor  and  mother  of  two  children.  Just  as  Billie  Holiday 
came  alive  for  them  on  stage,  Rose  Weaver  became  a  real 
person  for  them  too. 

2j^  From  Arts  Talk  to  Arts  Workers 

\         Through  Arts  Talk  students  became  interested  in 
careers  in  the  arts  that  fit  the  technical  fields  they  were 
studying.  Recognizing  the  students'  new  career  interests, 
RISCA's  Brown  and  the  Davies  teachers  realized  that  no 


follow-up  opportunities  for  apprenticeships  or  intern- 
ships were  available.  So  they  created  a  companion  pro- 
gram called  Arts  Workers,  which  was  implemented  in 
the  1993-94  school  year  with  the  help  of  a  grant  from 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA).  Arts 
Workers  places  high  school  seniors  in  internships  with 
arts  organizations,  where  they  gain  a  unique  inside  per- 
spective on  the  arts  while  practicing  their  vocational 
skills.  The  NEA  grant  helps  provide  salaries  for  the  students, 
and  fees  to  arts  organizations  for  training  and  supervision. 

For  one  student,  Jesse  Mercer,  it  has  already 
paid  off.  After  he  and  another  electronics  student,  Chris 
Lebrecque,  did  a  summer  apprenticeship  with  the 
Everett  Dance  Theatre,  Jesse  was  offered  a  part-time  job 
operating  the  dance  company's  lights  at  its  new  theatre. 
"I  really  wasn't  interested  in  [working  in]  theatre  or 
dance  before  I  did  the  internship,"  Jesse  said.  "[But] 
working  there  got  my  attention.  I  realize  it's  a  serious  re- 
sponsibility, and  I  look  forward  to  going  there  to  work." 

Jesse  and  Chris  provided  considerable  help  in 
converting  a  1910  carriage  house  into  an  intimate  dance 
theatre  for  Everett,  says  one  of  the  dance  company's 
principals,  Aaron  Jungels.  "They  helped  pull  all  the  elec- 
trical service,  bent  electrical  pipe,  and  ran  and  hooked  up 
conduits  throughout  the  building.  .  .  They  came  pre- 
pared to  work  and  they  knew  what  they  were  doing. 
They  have  good  attitudes  and  sufficient  skills,  so  we 
could  leave  them  on  their  own  to  complete  the  job." 

Jesse  says  he'd  like  to  work  as  a  lighting  de- 
signer and  operator  full-time  someday,  and  that's  exactly 
what  Foley,  Lembo,  and  Brown  were  hoping  would 
happen  when  they  started  Arts  Workers.  "It's  been  a  ter- 
rific outgrowth,"  says  Foley.  "All  of  it  helps  the  kids  with 
creative  thinking,  analysis,  problem-solving,  and  com- 
munication, which  are  stressed  in  Arts  Talk  as  well. 
These  are  the  major  goals  being  identified  in  education 


reform  nationwide.  As  someone  who  knew  nothing 
about  arts  education  before  these  programs  began,  I  can 
tell  you  I  am  convinced  this  is  the  way  to  go  in  the  future." 

2|*  Future  Plans  for  Arts  Talk 

*        Foley  and  Lembo  have  written  an  arts  education 
curriculum  for  high  school  sophomores,  which  they 
hope  will  be  adopted  at  the  school.  Their  goal  is  to  inte- 
grate Arts  Talk  with  the  English  classes  in  grades  ten  and 
eleven,  and  to  coordinate  the  Arts  Talk  experiences  with 
English  and  social  studies  in  the  senior  year. 

RISCA's  Brown,  who  plans  to  do  more 
evaluation  of  Arts  Talk  to  see  how  it  can  be  improved 
and  expanded,  says  she  also  wants  to  track  graduates 
who  have  gone  through  the  program  to  see  what  impact 
it  has  had  on  them  and  their  careers.  She's  hopeful  that 
Goals  2000  educational  reform  initiatives  will  encourage 
more  funding  for  arts  education,  and  she  thinks  that 
Arts  Talk  "can  be  a  model  for  other  schools.  We'd  love 
to  see  it  in  every  high  school  in  Rhode  Island."  ■ 

John  Pantalone  is  the  editor-in-chief  of  Newport  This  Week,  a 
community  news  and  arts  weekly  in  Newport,  Rhode  Island.  He 
has  written  extensively  on  the  arts  in  Rhode  Island. 

For  further  information  on  Arts  Talk  and  Arts  Workers,  please 
contact  the  Rhode  Island  State  Council  on  the  Arts  at  95  Cedar 
Street,  Suite  103,  Providence,  RI 02903-1034;  phone  401- 
277-3880. 


o 


3 

CQ 


Q 
>< 

5' 
— t- 
o 

5- 
> 


he  Family  Arts  Agenda 

A  Lighthouse  for  Rough  Waters 


Lynna  Muschlitz  works  with  Alex  Lawson  at  Family  Arts  Festival,  building 

a  human  size  "nest"  of  willow. 
Photo  by  Nancy  Jane  Reid 


by  Romalyn  Tilghman 


As  you  drive  up  to  the  Performing  Arts  Cen- 
ter in  Newport,  Oregon,  the  home  of  the 
Family  Arts  Agenda,  you  know  you're  in  an 
idyllic  place.  The  crashing  Pacific  Ocean  waves  fill  your 
ears,  and,  if  you  look  past  the  building,  you  can  see  for- 
ever. There  may  be  a  whale  spouting  or  a  fishing  boat  on 
the  water,  but  chances  are  you  are  looking  at  as  much 
horizon  as  you'll  ever  see.  The  Oregon  Coast  is  the  kind 
of  place  that  attracts  artists,  writers,  naturalists,  and  tour- 
ists. It's  the  kind  of  place  where  you  want  to  stay  because 
you  feel  as  if  there  could  be  no  troubles  here. 

What  is  less  apparent  at  first  glance  is  that  the 
Performing  Arts  Center  sits  in  a  county  that  is  distressed 
in  a  number  of  different  ways.  Newport  is  a  town  of 
9,000  people,  and  is  in  Lincoln  County,  population 
36,000.  Newport  has  counted  on  tourism,  fishing,  and 
timber  for  its  economic  survival.  Tourism  is  still  thriving 
but  its  jobs  don't  pay  very  well.  Fishing  and  timber  are 
threatened  by  environmental  concerns  and  diminishing 
resources.  These  economic  challenges  have  contributed 
to  the  highest  per  capita  rate  of  teenage  pregnancy, 
single-parent  families,  suicide,  divorce,  drug  and  alcohol 
abuse,  and  adolescent  AIDS  in  the  state  of  Oregon.  The 
situation  is  such  that  social  workers  alone  can't  solve  the 
multitude  of  problems;  there  is  a  real  need  for  the 
Family  Arts  Agenda. 

X*  Strengthening  Families  and  Community 

J     Through  the  Arts 

The  Family  Arts  Agenda  was  conceived  by  Sharon  Mor- 
gan, executive  director  of  the  Oregon  Coast  Council  for 
the  Arts  (OCCA),  as  a  way  to  bring  the  healing  power  of 
the  arts  to  a  number  of  people  whose  lives  have  been  di- 
minished by  abuse  or  neglect.  As  the  program  has  devel- 
oped, it  has  become  evident  that  stress  and  dysfunction 
invade  almost  every  life  at  some  time  or  another. 


Sometimes  it's  a  bit  difficult  to  pin  down  exactly  what 
the  Family  Arts  Agenda  is  because  it's  a  whole  collection 
of  arts  activities  that  aim  to  strengthen  families  in  Lin- 
coln County  through  the  arts. 

The  programs  of  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  are 
truly  collaborative,  teaming  the  Oregon  Coast  Council 
for  the  Arts  with  community  members  and  a  variety  of 
social  service  agencies.  The  council  learned  early  on  not 
to  create  programs  to  take  out  into  the  community,  but 
rather  to  meet  with  constituents  to  identify  their  prob- 
lems and  priorities  and  then  to  provide  a  set  of  options 
for  them.  In  the  process  of  working  with  constituents  to 
design  programs  for  the  community,  OCCA  provides 
first-rate,  talented,  compassionate,  and  creative  artists, 
and  enlists  people  in  social  service  and  education  fields 
for  their  special  skills  and  insight.  Other  agencies  help 
provide  sophisticated  methods  of  program  planning, 
skills  assessment,  and  evaluation. 

"The  Oregon  Coast  Council  for  the  Arts' 
Family  Arts  Agenda  is  a  prime  example  of  the  way  the 
arts  councils  integrate  the  arts  within  a  community," 
says  Christine  D'Arcy,  the  executive  director  of  the 
Oregon  Arts  Commission.  OCCA  is  one  of  nine  re- 
gional arts  councils  in  the  state,  developed  largely 
through  the  efforts  of  the  Oregon  Arts  Commission. 
D'Arcy  continues,  "The  Family  Arts  Agenda  builds  pro- 
grams around  agencies  and  issues  important  to  positive 
change  in  the  area.  The  programs  involve  the  young  and 
the  old,  workers  and  the  unemployed,  residents  and  visi- 
tors, the  well  and  the  stressed." 

In  undertaking  programs,  the  Oregon  Coast 
Council  for  the  Arts  takes  into  account  that  family  dys- 
function is  identified  as  one  of  Oregon's  five  most  press- 
ing problems.  While  almost  any  state  would  identify 
family  dysfunction  as  a  critical  social  problem,  Oregon 
has  adopted  a  system  of  progress  measurements  called 


Q 

3 
> 


> 

CO 
CD 

3 

Q_ 

Q 


CO 


O 

c 


CD 


^3 

o 

c 
CO 

3- 

:> 

Q 

CD* 
-i 
</> 


Q 


CD 

c/> 

o_ 

c 

o' 

3 


Benchmarks,  which  are  standards  for  measuring  state- 
wide progress  and  government  performance.  All  state 
agencies  must  reflect  the  Benchmarks  in  their  budgets  to 
justify  investments  of  public  monies.  By  using  the  lan- 
guage and  measures  of  Benchmarks  in  its  program  plan- 
ning, the  Oregon  Coast  Council  for  the  Arts  has  enabled 
agencies  to  incorporate  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  into 
their  agency  plans  and  grant  applications.  Benchmarks 
was  recendy  awarded  an  Innovations  in  State  and  Local 
Governments  award  from  the  Kennedy  School  of  Gov- 
ernment and  the  Ford  Foundation. 

jX*  Families  Discover  the  Arts  Together 

^      The  Oregon  Coast  

Council  for  the  Arts  does 
more  than  respond  to  a 
community's  articulated 
needs.  Sharon  Morgan  has  an 
impressive  ability  to  "hear" 
between  the  lines.  Some  have 
even  accused  her  of  mind- 
reading.  Her  special  intelli- 
gence is  evident  as  she  tells  of 

a  major  moment  of  enlightenment  in  her  own  thinking. 
A  dance  workshop  for  elementary  school  stu- 
dents had  just  broken  up  and  parents  were  picking  up 
their  offspring.  The  kids'  faces  were  smiling,  happy,  and 
eager,  in  contrast  to  the  parents'  faces,  many  of  which 
were  tired  from  putting  in  long  hours  at  minimum  wage. 
Sharon  explains:  "One  litde  girl  ran  up  to  her  mother, 
threw  her  arms  around  her,  and  exclaimed  'Oh  Mom,  it 
was  so  neat!  I  saw  a  ballerina.  Can  I  take  dance  lessons?' 
In  one  instant,  the  mother's  face  turned  from  exhaustion, 
to  love,  to  exhaustion  again.  And  then  I  came  back  to  my 
office  and  cried,  because  I  realized  what  we  had  done. 
We  had  created  an  additional  stress  for  the  parent,  a 


"For  some  kids  who  have  been  beaten 

and  the  many  others  used  to  receiving 

only  criticism,  the  clown  developing 

sessions  are  a  miracle  in  human 

resilience,  trust,  and  hope." 


negative  message  about  the  arts  for  the  child,  and  a 
missed  opportunity  for  them  to  share  the  arts.  Not  only 
had  the  mother  never  seen  a  ballerina,  we  had  set  her  up 
with  one  more  thing  she  could  not  provide  for  her  child." 

As  a  result  of  that  moment  of  insight,  the 
Family  Arts  Agenda's  arts  latchkey  program  was 
changed.  Now,  parents  don't  just  pick  up  their  kids  after 
the  program;  instead,  the  program  schedule  accommo- 
dates the  real  needs  of  the  whole  family.  On  event 
nights,  an  early  supper  is  served  to  families  who  then  see 
a  performance  together.  This  "one-stop  arts"  meets 
many  needs,  including  bringing  families  together  within 
a  positive  community  setting.  The  family  is  given  a  tre- 
mendous treat  in  the  form  of 
a  meal  they  don't  have  to 
cook,  a  shared  experience, 
and  an  evening  of  the  arts. 
The  kids  are  home  before 
bedtime,  fed  and  full  in  their 
stomachs,  hearts,  and  minds. 
The  parents  are  satisfied  by 
the  wonderful,  communal 
time,  and  are  invigorated  and 
nourished  as  well. 

The  Family  Arts  Agenda  attempts  to  include 
the  parents  —  or  foster  parents,  or  both  sets  of  parents, 
or  any  other  person  identified  as  a  family  member  — 
in  every  project  it  does  that  involves  children.  Some- 
times, it  is  as  simple  as  sending  home  a  glossary  of  new 
words  that  a  youngster  learned  from  an  artist  or  a  sug- 
gestion of  books  and  videos  available  from  the  public  li- 
brary that  will  continue  the  arts  experience.  Other  times, 
it  may  include  sending  the  kids  home  with  popping  corn 
(after  teaching  them  a  safe  way  to  pop  it)  and  a  poster 
they  created  inviting  the  family  to  gather  in  the  living 
room,  kitchen,  or  yard  for  a  snack  and  a  show.  The  kids 


then  demonstrate  a  new  skill,  which  might  be  juggling, 
singing,  or  putting  on  a  puppet  play. 

»X*  Making  Circus  Skills  Life  Skills 

J      The  Kid  Konnection  Circus  Project  is  another  ex- 
ample of  the  kind  of  integrated  and  collaborative  pro- 
gram that  is  part  of  the  Family  Arts  Agenda.  It  was  de- 
signed by  social  workers  and  arts  council  staff  to  provide 
learning  experiences  for  youth,  in  the  often  overlooked 
seven-  to  eleven-year-old  group,  and  their  families  by 
teaching  them  clowning,  juggling,  and  balancing  skills. 
The  kids  are  selected  because  they  have  been  clients  of 
protective  services,  they  are  being  served  by  at-risk  ser- 
vices in  the  schools,  their  parents  are  being  served  by  a 
substance  abuse  program,  or  their  families  have  elected 
to  work  with  social  service  agencies  and  this  program. 
Kid  Konnection  includes  an  after-school  program  of  in- 
struction; a  monthly  performance  and  celebration  called 
Super  Saturday,  which  includes  the  families;  and  a  com- 
munity-based summer  program,  which  includes  a  week 
of  overnight  camp  at  the  state's  4-H  site.  Every  year,  120 
to  140  kids  take  part. 

Kid  Konnection  came  about  largely  through 
the  efforts  of  Evelyn  Brookhyser,  the  Lincoln  County 
Extension  4-H  agent.  The  4-H  has  long  been  recognized 
as  offering  exemplary  training  programs  for  rural  young 
people  and  is  reorganizing  to  offer  programs  beyond  ag- 
riculture and  homemaking  that  will  be  relevant  to 
today's  youth.  Brookhyser  explains  "We  already  had 
theater  programs  for  kids  and  felt  that  one  thing  that 
many  at-risk  kids  need  is  something  special  and  uniquely 
their  own.  It  was  just  one  of  those  crazy  brainstorms 
that  led  to  identifying  a  circus  theme  with  all  its  ele- 
ments that  helped  us  hit  upon  Kid  Konnection.  Jug- 
gling improves  hand-eye  coordination,  tumbling  aids 
physical  coordination,  and  clowning  allows  for  all 


sorts  of  personalities  and  peculiarities  to  be  shown  in 
a  positive  way." 

Lead  artist  Don  Fogle,  a  movement  artist, 
says,  "Our  clowning  is  built  from  the  inside  out.  You 
just  wouldn't  believe  the  earnest,  concentrated  analysis 
that  these  kids  lend  each  other  as  they  analyze  one 
another's  walks,  their  signature  gestures,  a  special  facial 
expression.  For  some  kids  who  have  been  beaten  and  the 
many  others  used  to  receiving  only  criticism,  the  clown 
developing  sessions  are  a  miracle  in  human  resilience, 
trust,  and  hope."  By  the  time  the  kids  graduate  from  this 
program,  they  have  had  lessons  from  mimes,  dancers, 
and  children's  theater  experts. 

A  family  contract  is  required  for  a  child  to 
participate  in  Kid  Konnection.  Training,  equipment, 
clothing,  and  transportation  from  school  sites  are  pro- 
vided by  the  program.  Parents  agree  to  provide  transpor- 
tation home  and  to  notify  the  staff  if  they  cannot.  They 
also  agree  to  attend  the  Super  Saturday  Family  Programs 
where  children  perform  and  teach  their  parents.  Parents 
and  children  work  together  on  developing  a  portfolio 
that  documents  skills,  events,  and  personal  reflections. 
The  portfolio  is  both  a  Kid  Konnection  memento  and 
an  evaluation  tool.  To  understand  further  what  the  par- 
ticipant is  learning,  each  child  has  a  mentor,  either  a 
family  member  or  an  older  student,  who  also  takes  classes. 

fr  Evaluating  Impact 

Kid  Konnection  is  evaluated  not  on  vague  hopes, 
dreams,  and  promises  but  rather  on  goals  that  are  mea- 
sured at  the  end  of  each  year.  Project  evaluation  exam- 
ines both  process  and  outcome.  A  trained  evaluator 
gathers  information  on  the  program's  process  by  observ- 
ing and  interviewing  the  project  coordinator  and  lead 
artists,  meeting  with  coalition  team  members,  and  inter- 
acting with  parents.  Information  regarding  the  degree  to 


Q 

3 
> 


> 

CO 
CD 

Q_ 
Q 


CQ 

3" 


o 

c 


TO 
O 

c 
CQ 

3" 

Q 

-1 


which  objectives  are  met  in  terms  of  outcome  is  gathered 
from  evaluation  forms  completed  by  the  parents;  initial 
and  year-end  assessments  made  by  teachers  of  participat- 
ing youth;  and  observations  of  skill  development  as 
documented  by  the  project  coordinator,  the  lead  artists, 
and  the  evaluator. 

iX*  Revealing  the  Potential  of 
*■*     Troubled  Teen  Girls 

Improving  self-esteem  and  encouraging  consideration  of 
options  —  as  to  careers,  health  issues,  choice  of  part- 
ners —  are  threads  that  run  through  most  of  the  pro- 
grams of  the  Family  Arts 
Agenda.  Those  threads  are 
particularly  strong  in  pro- 
grams relating  to  high  school 
students  who  are  unable  to 
visualize  many  options  for 
their  futures.  Sharon  Mor- 
gan points  out,  "In  one  of 
our  county  high  schools,  the 

mark  of  achievement  for  the       

girls  is  who  can  get  pregnant 

first  by  the  boy  with  the  highest  truck  and  most  gun 
racks.  Much  of  our  work  is  directed  to  125  high  school 
girls  who  need  to  see  their  potential  —  as  hairdressers 
and  homemakers  as  well  as  lawyers  and  teachers."  These 
high  school  girls  are  identified  by  their  schools  and  social 
service  agencies  as  young  women  whose  lives  can  be 
changed  by  positive  influences. 

In  one  of  the  programs  a  poet  taught  creative 
writing  as  a  new  form  of  expression  to  a  group  of  girls 
and  women,  ages  fifteen  through  twenty-six,  who  have  a 
high  potential  for  dropping  out  of  school,  becoming 
teenage  mothers,  or  committing  suicide.  By  the  fourth 
of  six  sessions,  the  girls  were  very  interested  in  writing 


"But  under  the  guidance  of  the  artist  he 

began  to  explore  his  creativity.  I  think 

we  were  both  surprised  to  find  he  had 

real  talent.  It  was  wonderful  to  see  the 

pride  he  felt  in  his  work." 


and  in  working  with  the  artist.  In  a  therapy  group  for 
victims  of  sexual  abuse,  the  writer  introduced  a  letter- 
writing  exercise,  asking  the  girls  to  write  letters  that 
could  be  sent,  kept  private,  or  destroyed.  To  the  amaze- 
ment of  the  artist,  many  of  the  girls  wrote  letters  to  their 
former  abusers.  Another  program,  a  mentoring  program 
for  high  school  girls,  involves  journal  writing.  Each  girl  is 
assigned  an  artist/mentor  who  reads  her  journal  and  dis- 
cusses it  with  her.  Each  month  the  group  also  attends  a 
special  program  designed  especially  for  them  in  which  a 
speaker  talks  on  careers  or  a  number  of  other  topics. 

In  addition,  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  responds 
to  very  specific  problems 

that  are  often  overlooked. 

For  example,  many  of  the 
teenage  mothers  did  not 
know  any  lullabies  or  count- 
ing rhymes,  because  they 
had  never  been  sung  to  as 
children  themselves.  After 
learning  action  songs  such  as 
the  hokey  pokey  and 
folksongs  like  "Hear  the 
Wind  Blow,"  the  young  women  learned  with  Carol 
Groobman,  a  singer/songwriter,  to  write  songs  about 
themselves  or  to  highlight  a  happy  event  or  a  favorite 
food.  Not  only  did  the  mothers  learn  the  joys  of  singing 
to  their  children,  they  also  learned  to  communicate  and 
treat  very  young  children  with  dignity,  respect,  and  kindness. 

tq*  Money  Comes  from  a  Variety  of  Sources 

Funding  for  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  comes  from  a 
number  of  public  and  private  sources.  Ongoing  support 
comes  from  the  Oregon  Arts  Commission,  which  initi- 
ated the  development  of  regional  arts  councils  through- 
out the  state.  The  City  of  Newport  maintains  the  Per- 


forming  Arts  Center,  home  of  the  Oregon  Coast  Coun- 
cil for  the  Arts,  and  provides  programming  support  an- 
nually. The  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  provided 
a  three-year  grant  that  supported  the  basic  operations  of 
the  Performing  Arts  Center  in  its  first  years  and  the  de- 
velopment of  the  Family  Arts  Agenda.  The  Kid 
Konnection  Circus  Project  has  been  funded  in  part  by 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Extension  Service. 
The  Meyer  Memorial  Trust  has  led  the  way  in  funding 
new  programs. 

In  addition,  "other  agencies  [in  the  state]  are 
writing  grant  applications  that  include  the  Family  Arts 
Agenda,  and  agencies  are  contracting  directly  for  our  ser- 
vices," Sharon  Morgan  says.  "We're  also  finding  that  as 
the  Oregon  Coast  Council  for  the  Arts  is  strengthened 
by  its  involvement  in  these  programs  and  collaborations, 
it  is  easier  for  us  to  raise  money  when  we  do  ask." 

yX»  Success  Measured  Person  by  Person 

^      The  success  of  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  is  possibly 
best  measured  person  by  person.  One  newly  single 
mother  of  five  wrote  about  her  experiences:  "We  were 
fortunate  enough  to  have  an  artist  come  to  our  weekly 
meetings.  After  a  couple  of  weeks,  I  noticed  my  eight- 
year-old  son  had  a  particular  interest  in  the  art  segment 
of  the  program.  He  was  a  troubled  boy,  having  taken  the 
separation  hard.  He  had  low  self-esteem  and  was  prone 
to  aggressive  behavior.  But  under  the  guidance  of  the 
artist  he  began  to  explore  his  creativity.  I  think  we  were 
both  surprised  to  find  he  had  real  talent.  It  was  wonder- 
ful to  see  the  pride  he  felt  in  his  work.  I  also  noticed 
what  a  calming  effect  the  art  had  on  him.  .  .  You  could 
almost  see  his  self-esteem  grow." 

That  same  mother  took  her  first  airplane  trip 
when  the  Family  Arts  Agenda  was  honored  as  a  finalist 
in  Harvard's  Innovation  Program.  Now,  three  years 


later,  she  has  graduated  from  college  and  plans  to  at- 
tend graduate  school.  All  her  kids  are  doing  fine  — 
and  making  art.  ■ 

Romalyn  Tilghman  is  a  free-lance  writer,  a  consultant,  and  the 
publisher  of  Arts  Rag.  Her  book,  Audience  Development:  A 
Planning  Toolbox  for  Partners,  was  recently  published  by  the 
Association  of  Performing  Arts  Presenters. 

For  further  information  on  the  Family  Arts  Agenda,  please  con- 
tact the  Oregon  Coast  Council  for  the  Arts  at  P.  O.  Box  1315, 
Newport,  OR  97365;  phone  503-265-9231. 


Q 

3 
> 

> 

CO 
CD 

3 

Q_ 
Q 


CQ 


O 

c 


TO 

o 

c 
CQ 

3" 

Q 


Project  BRIDGE 

An  Artist  in  Their  Midst 


Houston  teens  practice  posing  for  the  camera  and  shooting  pictures.  They  are 
learning  photography  with  Project  BRIDGE  artist  Karen  Sanders  at  their 
housing  development,  Irvinton  Village. 
Photo  by  Karen  Sanders  .  ' 

by  Saundra  Goldman 


In  the  heat  of  a  Texas  summer  afternoon,  a  group 
of  children  escape  to  the  air-conditioned  shelter 
provided  by  the  recreation  center  in  their  hous- 
ing complex.  They  trickle  in  one  at  a  time  as  the  word 
spreads  that  BRIDGE  artist  Raul  Valdez  has  arrived. 
Valdez  greets  his  young  friends  and  inquires  about  their 
brothers,  sisters,  and  other  companions  who  live  at  the 
Thurmond  Heights  housing  development.  When  the 
entire  group  is  finally  assembled,  they  go  to  work  pre- 
paring for  the  upcoming  dedication  of  their  latest  project,  a 
permanent  outdoor  sculpture  that  will  be  installed  on  the 
grounds  of  their  North  Austin  housing  development. 

On  this  particular  afternoon  the  children  are 
rehearsing  the  song  they  will  perform  at  the  opening  cer- 
emony. As  Valdez  accompanies  them  on  the  guitar,  they 
belt  out  the  words  to  the  popular  song  Tick  Tock,  writ- 
ten by  the  late  Stevie  Ray  Vaughan  —  a  legendary  musi- 
cian in  the  town  of  Austin  where  the  children  reside. 
Their  faces  beam,  demonstrating  their  delight  with  the 
melody  they  are  creating  with  their  voices.  The  lyrics  are 
like  a  prophecy  and  a  prayer: 

One  night  while  I  was  sleeping  in  my  bed,  I 

had  a  beautiful  dream 
That  all  the  people  of  the  world  got  together 

on  the  same  wavelength. 
Now  in  the  street,  universal  love  was  the 

theme  of  the  day. 
Peace  and  understanding,  and  it  happened 

this  way: 
The  sick,  the  hungry  had  smiles  on  their  faces. 
The  tired  and  the  homeless  had  family  all  around. 
People  of  the  world,  all  had  it  together. 
Had  it  together  for  the  boys  and  the  girls. 
And  the  children  of  the  world  look  forward  to 
the  future. 
{Tick  Tock,  by  Stevie  Ray  Vaughan,  1990.) 


When  asked  what  they  like  best  about  Project 
BRIDGE,  the  kids  at  Thurmond  Heights  respond  en- 
thusiastically. "Everything!"  says  Ronald  Boston.  "I  want 
it  to  go  on  forever."  Veronica  Serrato  agrees,  "Raul 
spends  time  with  us  and  he  sings  good!"  A  few  of  the 
children  respond  more  selectively,  mentioning  specific 
classes  or  projects.  Princess  Green  says,  "I  enjoy  Raul 
coming  here  and  helping  us.  He's  teaching  us  the  steps 
of  painting  and  now  I  paint  whenever  I  can." 

^K^  New  Connections  and  Transitions 

*    Bridges  are  built  to  make  connections  and  transi- 
tions. Through  Project  BRIDGE,  connections  are  made 
between  the  Texas  Commission  on  the  Arts  (TCA)  and 
public  housing  authorities,  between  artists  and  children, 
and  between  children  and  their  parents.  Transitions  are 
achieved  by  the  individuals  who  gain  in  self-confidence 
as  they  develop  their  artistic  skills  and  who  gain  in  pride 
and  self-respect  as  they  broaden  their  appreciation  of 
their  own  and  others'  cultural  heritages.  Transitions  are 
also  made  by  the  BRIDGE  communities  as  they  become 
active  producers  of  arts  programming  by  nurturing  artis- 
tic talent  and  developing  local  audiences.  Substantial 
support  to  the  TCA  from  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts  is  helping  to  make  these  connections  and  transi- 
tions possible. 

In  identifying  public  housing  developments 
for  the  program,  the  TCA  works  cooperatively  with  city 
housing  authorities  and/or  community-based  arts 
organizations.  Sites  are  chosen  largely  on  the  basis  of 
need,  indicated  by  the  number  of  families  with  children 
under  eighteen  and  with  an  annual  income  below  the 
poverty  line.  BRIDGE  neighborhoods  are  typically 
characterized  by  high  crime  rates  and  children  with  low 
school  performance.  A  variety  of  factors  that  may 
contribute  to  the  program's  success,  such  as  resident 


_o 

a" 

n 

O 


> 


Q 


CD 
CO 

o_ 

c 

6' 

3 


interest  and  the  availability  of  facilities,  are  also  consid- 
ered  in  selecting  a  site. 

At  Rhodes  Terrace,  for  example,  the  Dallas 
Parks  and  Recreation  Department  manages  a  facility  lo- 
cated adjacent  to  the  housing  development,  providing  a 
gathering  place  for  events  and  classes,  as  well  as  the  assis- 
tance of  parks  and  recreation  staff.  In  San  Antonio,  the 
housing  authority  dedicated  a  five-bedroom  apartment 
at  the  Cassiano  housing  complex  for  exclusive  use  as  an 
arts  center  for  the  young  residents  of  housing  develop- 
ments throughout  the  city.  Currendy  there  are  six 
BRIDGE  locations  throughout  Texas:  Austin,  Dallas,  El 
Paso,  Houston,  Laredo,  and  San  Antonio. 

^^  Art  Forms  Reflect  Needs  of  Community 

^  \    Mary  Jesse  Garza,  BRIDGE  artist  in  San  Anto- 
nio, is  a  trailblazer  in  cooperative  ventures  between  the 
San  Antonio  Housing  Authority  and  local  arts  pro- 
grams. Her  relationship  with  the  Carver  Community 
Cultural  Center,  which  presents  multidisciplinary,  inter- 
national arts  programming,  has  led  to  a  very  special  op- 
portunity for  kids  all  over  San  Antonio  to  learn  and  per- 
form with  the  world-renowned  DanceBrazil. 

DanceBrazil  brings  capoeira,  an  Afro-Brazilian 
movement  form  combining  martial  arts,  dance,  and  mu- 
sic, to  the  stage.  The  children  learn  discipline  as  they 
practice  the  capoeira  movements  and  study  the  combat 
metaphors,  which  also  provide  exercises  in  nonviolent 
approaches  to  resolving  disputes.  These  are  powerful 
tools  for  kids  who  are  challenged  daily  by  strife  and  vio- 
lence. Responding  to  the  company's  desire  to  work  with 
community  groups,  the  Carver  Center  and  Project 
BRIDGE  arranged  a  series  of  workshops  and  perfor- 
mances throughout  San  Antonio  at  the  Point  East 
Apartments,  Alazan-Apache  Courts,  Urban- 15  studio, 
the  DanSA.  studio,  and  the  Carver.  Due  to  the  tremen- 


dous success  of  the  residency,  the  Carver  now  employs 
three  instructors  in  Afro-Brazilian  dance  and  music. 
Plus,  San  Antonio  is  now  the  new  U.S.  site  for 
DanceBrazil. 

For  another  project,  developed  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Hertzberg  Museum,  Garza  brought  in  fel- 
low artists  to  work  with  young  people  in  creating  altars. 
"I  try  to  do  art  that  deals  with  something  they're  familiar 
with  or  that  relates  to  their  own  cultural  background," 
Garza  says.  Altars  are  an  ancient  part  of  Latin  American 
culture,  and  are  a  natural  part  of  this  community's 
physical  environment  —  in  homes,  yards,  and  churches. 
While  a  child  may  recognize  an  altar,  he  or  she  may  not 
understand  its  purpose.  For  these  reasons,  the  altar 
seemed  like  an  ideal  subject  for  an  arts  project. 

As  the  children  became  caught  up  in  the  dif- 
ferent ideas  introduced  by  the  artists,  they  created  three 
altars  with  the  help  of  the  artists:  a  main  altar,  a 
children's  altar,  and  an  altar  for  people  with  AIDS.  For 
the  second  year  the  finished  altars  were  presented  in  an 
exhibit  at  the  museum.  Both  years  the  exhibits  opened 
with  public  receptions  where  visiting  theatre  groups, 
Cultural  Warriors  and  Grupo  Animo,  provided  music 
and  poetry,  and  teenagers  of  the  community  recited  po- 
etry that  included  references  to  the  traditions  of  the  altar. 

t*j^   Building  Community 

^  \    When  a  BRIDGE  site  is  established,  great  care  is 
taken  to  insure  that  the  program  meets  the  needs  and 
desires  of  the  residents.  During  its  pilot  period,  Project 
BRIDGE  developed  an  effective  model  that  is  still  being 
used  for  building  rapport  and  establishing  trust  with 
communities.  Artists  undertake  door-to-door  surveys 
with  the  assistance  of  VISTA  volunteers,  organize  "Meet 
and  Greet"  performances,  engage  in  casual  conversations 
in  public  spaces,  and,  perhaps  most  significantly,  begin 


to  develop  a  Community  Arts  Advisory  Committee 
(CAAC).  Through  the  CAAC,  tenants,  parents,  and  rep- 
resentatives from  community  arts  organizations,  public 
housing  administrations,  and  human  service  programs 
work  together  to  develop  and  schedule  appropriate  projects. 

When  Raul  Valdez  began  his  work  at 
Thurmond  Heights  in  Austin,  the  neighborhood  was 
suffering  from  escalating  drug  crimes  and  violence,  and 
the  residents  expressed  a  strong  desire  for  peace.  In  re- 
sponse, Valdez  organized  the  production  of  a  mural  en- 
tided,  "Peace  and  Harmony  in  the  Neighborhood."  Af- 
ter photographing  residents  waving  the  peace  sign,  he 
projected  their  images  onto  a  freestanding  mural  board, 
and  the  children  traced  and  painted  them.  On  the  back 
side  they  scribbled  positive  "graffiti,"  slogans  like  peace, 
harmony,  and  unity.  Now  when  the  children  pass  by  the 
mural  they  see  images  of  friends  and  family  and  know 
that  they  have  made  a  positive  contribution  to  their 
community.  They  are  also  proud  of  the  Public  Housing 
Performance  Award  they  received  for  the  mural. 

George  Lee,  an  active  participant  in  the 
CAAC  at  Thurmond  Heights,  expresses  his  satisfaction 
with  the  project  and  the  accomplishments  of  his  com- 
munity: "It's  really  made  a  difference.  The  kids  are  busy 
daily  and  their  attitudes  have  really  changed.  I've  been  in 
on  this  from  the  beginning  and  I'm  so  proud." 

In  Laredo,  Project  BRIDGE  is  not  only  help- 
ing rebuild  a  sense  of  community,  but  also  has  begun  to 
heal  the  wounds  created  by  conflict  between  rival  neigh- 
borhoods. Rio  Bravo  and  El  Cenizo  are  both  impover- 
ished colonias  outside  Laredo,  lacking  water  and  electric- 
ity. With  the  assistance  of  a  BRIDGE  artist  and  an 
active  CAAC,  the  two  colonias  are  working  together  to 
become  a  single,  more  productive  community. 

The  first  cooperative  project  of  Rio  Bravo 
and  El  Cenizo  was  a  night  of  song  and  serenade. 


BRIDGE  artist  Jesus  "Toro"  Martinez  describes  the 
process  as  one  of  healing:  "During  the  rehearsals,  old 
feuds  would  surface  in  the  form  of  bickering  or  snide 
comments.  But  gradually  the  group  came  together  and 
the  entire  community  was  rewarded  by  the  tremendous 
gift  [of  song  that]  they  gave." 

Sponsored  by  the  community  development 
agency  Corporate  Fund  for  Children  in  partnership  with 
the  Laredo  Center  for  the  Arts,  Project  BRIDGE  has 
also  been  providing  music,  dance,  and  visual  arts  work- 
shops for  the  children  and  parents  of  several  of  Laredo's 
other  low-income  neighborhoods.  A  local  accordionist, 
Flavio  Torres,  has  given  lessons  on  the  basics  of  accor- 
dion playing  and  conjunto  music.  Ana  Laura  Bozell,  a 
modern  dance  instructor,  has  taught  modern  dance  to 
young  and  old  alike.  And  in  the  visual  arts,  Jesus  "Toro" 
Martinez,  Gerald  Salazar,  Luis  Guerra,  Zelrna  Zapico, 
and  others  have  taught  a  number  of  hands-on  classes 
that  include  the  fundamentals  of  painting,  drawing,  and 
art  history.  Along  with  the  traditional  visual  arts  instruc- 
tion, the  program  also  provides  such  activities  as  puppet 
and  hat  making. 

j^   Rebuilding  Family 

1  \    In  the  Texas-Mexico  border  town  of  El  Paso, 
BRIDGE  artist  Victoria  Salazar  is  busy  offering  bilingual 
workshops  in  dance  and  the  visual  arts  to  the  residents  of 
the  Truman  Complex.  But  her  creativity  in  meeting  the 
needs  of  the  single  parent  families  is  especially  notewor- 
thy. When  Salazar  began  working  at  the  public  housing 
development,  she  discovered  that  90  percent  of  the  adult 
residents  were  single  mothers  who  are  busy  and  often 
have  little  time  and  energy  to  spare  at  home. 

Recognizing  the  limited  budget  of  her  stu- 
dents and  the  pressures  of  holidays,  Salazar  created  an 
"edible"  arts  project  where  the  common  contents  of  the 


cd' 
n 

Q 
O 


> 


Q 


CD 
GO 

o_ 

c 
5' 

3 


grocery  bag  become  the  artist's  palette  and  the  artistic 
product  is  always  something  good  to  eat.  Together,  the 
mothers  and  children  make  festive  food  creations  for  the 
home  and  to  share  at  community  pageants.  For 
Valentine's  Day  the  mothers  and  their  children  attended 
"Chopin  and  Chocolate"  with  concert  pianist  Dr.  Lucy 
Scarborough  performing  Chopin's  work  and  discussing 
his  fame  and  life  as  a  composer.  Accompanying  the  per- 
formance was  a  display  of  one  of  the  student's  elaborate, 
sculptural  chocolates,  which  were  presented  to  the 
mothers  with  poems  and  cards  created  by  the  children. 
"What  is  great  about  this  kind  of  art,"  Salazar  explains, 
"is  that  the  family  can  do  it  together  at  home,  and  these 
kids  need  to  be  with  their  parents."  By  bringing  parent 
and  child  together,  Project  BRIDGE  helps  rebuild 
family  ties. 

In  addition,  Salazar  has  helped  one  resident 
pursue  an  interest  in  cake  decorating,  which  has  become 
a  source  of  financial  support.  Salazar  enthusiastically  ex- 
plains that  the  principles  of  art  —  proportion,  design, 
and  color  —  can  be  applied  to  any  creative  pursuit. 
"You  can  compare  her  first  cakes  with  her  later  ones. 
When  she  began,  the  shapes  were  bulky  and  had  little 
sense  of  proportion.  Now  she  has  a  better  sense  of  line 
and  composition.  The  cakes  are  more  elegant,  more 
pleasing  to  the  eye."  Her  student  has  become  a  virtual 
sculptor  of  baked  goods.  She  has  also  made  the  transi- 
tion to  a  wage-earning  citizen. 

Salazar's  arts  projects  reflect  her  belief  that  the 
arts  can  contribute  to  all  areas  of  life.  With  the  support 
of  the  El  Paso  Community  College's  Institute  of 
Workforce  and  Economic  Development,  she  has  ex- 
panded the  program  at  the  Truman  Complex  to  explore 
and  develop  the  Mexican  festival  traditions  in  El  Paso. 
Salazar  and  the  college  believe  that  rekindling  the 
community's  interest  in  producing  the  posadas,  tradi- 


tion-based festivals,  will  both  generate  community  pride 
and  offer  economic  development  opportunities,  with  the 
festivals  becoming  tourist  attractions  and  providing  em- 
ployment for  artists. 

^J^  Teens  Behind  the  Camera 

k  \     Project  BRIDGE  builds  self-confidence  in 
coundess  ways,  the  most  obvious  being  the  confidence 
one  gains  in  acquiring  new  skills.  Karen  Sanders, 
BRIDGE  artist  at  Irvinton  Village  in  Houston,  does 
even  more  to  try  to  build  self-confidence  by  helping 
African-American  teenagers  reclaim  responsibility  for 
the  way  they  are  perceived. 

Sanders  teaches  video  and  photography,  and 
runs  her  program  with  two  goals  in  mind:  the  develop- 
ment of  professional  skills  and  media  literacy.  For  Sand- 
ers, media  literacy  begins  with  understanding  the  process 
of  creating  the  image,  including  the  subject  choices 
made  by  the  photographer  and  the  technical  manipula- 
tion in  the  dark  room.  For  the  teens  of  Irvinton  Village, 
access  to  this  process  provides  a  better  understanding  of 
the  way  images  are  presented  in  mainstream  media.  By 
producing  positive  images  of  themselves  through  videos 
and  photographs,  the  students  are  examining  and  articu- 
lating their  views  of  their  cultural  identity. 

Sanders  has  concentrated  on  the  most  vulner- 
able age  groups  at  Irvinton  Village  —  the  teens  and  pre- 
teens  who  are  at  the  highest  risk  for  drug  problems  and 
AIDS.  The  prevalence  of  the  photographic  media  in 
contemporary  society  makes  this  program  especially  at- 
tractive to  them.  Among  their  accomplishments  are  a 
photo  exhibition  that  took  place  at  Irvinton  Village;  the 
production  of  their  first  video;  and  participation  in  a 
group  exhibition  at  Diverse  Works,  a  nationally  recog- 
nized art  space  in  Houston.  Most  recently,  the  group 
participated  in  a  city-wide  photography  event,  Fotofest, 


with  an  exhibition  in  a  Houston  gallery.  Sanders  has 
been  successful  in  acquiring  a  video  camera  and  tripod 
for  Irvinton  Village.  It  is  the  first  step  in  her  plan  to  in- 
stall a  permanent  video  production  studio  at  the  housing 
development.  She  is  also  trying  to  obtain  a  computer  for 
Irvinton,  which  will  not  only  aid  in  video  production, 
but  will  help  the  children  write  their  own  scripts.  Sand- 
ers explains,  "I  want  to  encourage  the  children  to  sit  and 
think  and  express  themselves  in  writing  as  well  as 
through  images.  These  kids  have  stories  to  tell." 

j^  Artists  Nurture  Artists 

'  \    "Project  BRIDGE  is  primarily  fueled  by  the  en- 
ergy and  commitment  of  the  artists  who  run  the  indi- 
vidual programs,"  says  Rita  Starpattern,  Project 
BRIDGE  coordinator  at  the  Texas  Commission  on  the 
Arts.  Each  site  is  directed  by  a  lead  artist  who  establishes 
goals  for  the  particular  site.  Like  candidates  for  any  other 
job,  lead  artists  are  selected  according  to  their  skills  and 
experience.  What  distinguishes  this  program  in  terms  of 
its  hiring  practices  is  that  the  general  goals  of  Project 
BRIDGE  are  personal  goals  of  the  artists.  They  are  al- 
ready committed  to  serving  economically  depressed 
populations.  Selected  artists  are  also  members  of  the  pre- 
dominant cultural  group  of  the  participating  housing  de- 
velopments and  express  a  personal  stake  in  seeing  their 
program  succeed. 

In  addition  to  a  background  in  community- 
based  work,  the  artists'  professional  achievements  are  an 
important  consideration.  The  artists  not  only  provide 
the  necessary  expertise  for  teaching,  they  act  as  models  of 
commitment  and  professional  excellence.  According  to 
Pamela  Johnson,  who  is  a  dancer  with  the  Junior  Players 
and  a  Project  BRIDGE  artist  in  Dallas,  "When  the  kids 
come  and  see  me  perform,  they  see  what  it  is  that  I'm  so 
excited  about."  Project  BRIDGE  also  organizes  field 


trips  to  arts  events  and  arts  institutions,  providing  inspi- 
ration for  the  work  the  children  do  in  their  classes  and 
models  for  those  children  interested  in  careers  in  the  arts. 

Field  trips  have  the  added  benefit  of  teaching 
children  the  appropriate  behavior  in  public  settings. 
Victoria  Salazar  describes  the  transitions  she  has  wit- 
nessed: "When  we  first  started  going  out,  these  kids 
could  not  sit  still  for  more  than  a  few  minutes,  much  less 
for  a  one-hour  performance.  Now  they're  courteous  and 
well-behaved.  And  because  they're  performing  them- 
selves, they  show  appreciation  and  respect  for  the  accom- 
plishments of  others." 

Because  of  its  many  successes,  the  Texas 
Commission  on  the  Arts  has  now  made  Project 
BRIDGE  part  of  its  long-range  plan.  In  1992,  its  first 
year,  BRIDGE  artists  provided  over  4,400  hours  in  di- 
rect service  to  over  350  students,  and  over  4,600  resi- 
dents participated  in  community  events.  The  following 
year,  BRIDGE  tripled  the  number  of  youth  and  adults  it 
reached  through  classes,  workshops,  and  field  trips  to 
15,407.  But  the  numbers  hardly  tell  the  story.  In  the 
words  of  Ruden  Rodriguez,  resident  services  officer  at 
the  San  Antonio  Housing  Authority,  "The  process  of  a 
youngster  getting  involved,  [attending]  classes,  setting 
some  goals,  feeling  good  about  himself  or  herself,  [expe- 
riencing] discipline,  developing  learning  skills  —  those 
are  the  benefits."  ■ 

Saundra  Goldman  is  a  Ph.D.  candidate  in  twentieth-century  art 
history  and  criticism  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  She  is 
also  a  free-lance  writer  and  the  art  critic  for  the  Austin  Ameri- 
can Statesman. 

For  further  information  on  Project  BRIDGE,  please  contact  the 
Texas  Commission  on  the  Arts  at  P.O.  Box  13406,  Capitol  Sta- 
tion, Austin,  TX 787 IT,  phone 512-463-5535. 


— i 

_o 

cd' 
o 

CD 

o 


> 

13 


cl. 


Hugs  and  Kisses 

A  Big  Kid's  Play 


In  1985  Theatre  IV  produced  Runners,  a  play  based  on  interviews 
with  forty-three  Virginia  runaways  in  emergency  shelters  through- 
out the  state.  Runners  was  written  to  dissuade  teenagers  from 
ranning  away  from  problems  at  home  and  into  the  vastly  more 

dangerous  life  in  the  streets. 
Photo  by  Eric  Dobbs 


by  Rebecca  Neale 


Theatre  IV,  a  Richmond-based,  nonprofit  theatre 
company  for  children,  makes  it  their  business  to 
present  serious  subjects  to  kids  in  captivating  for- 
mats. Since  1980,  when  the  company  launched  a 
ground-breaking  production  of  The  Shoemaker  and  the 
Elves  using  specially  designed  technology  for  hearing-im- 
paired children,  Theatre  IV  has  built  a  reputation  as  a 
world-class  theatre  group  with  a  social  conscience.  They 
now  have  a  repertoire  of  seven  community  outreach 
plays  in  which  they  use  theatrical  techniques  to  teach 
children  concepts  important  to  their  safety.  The  com- 
pany, which  also  produces  plays  and  musicals  based  on 
children's  literary  classics  and  history,  is  the  nation's  sec- 
ond largest  children's  theatre  (based  on  audience  size). 
Theatre  IV  was  awarded  the  Sara  Spencer  Award  for 
"the  most  outstanding  contribution  to  children's  theatre 
in  the  Southeastern  United  States." 

On  a  warm  afternoon  in  early  October, 
Theatre  IV  is  presenting  Hugs  and  Kisses,  a  sexual  abuse 
prevention  play  for  children,  at  St.  Christopher's  Lower 
School.  In  the  quiet  suburbs  of  Richmond,  Virginia,  the 
private  Episcopal  school  for  boys  sits  nestled  protectively 
among  trees  glowing  like  warm  embers. 

Inside,  the  setting  is  a  bright  school  audito- 
rium, decorated  with  children's  paintings  of  sports  fig- 
ures and  lined  with  a  battalion  of  chairs.  Columns  of 
mostly  towheaded  boys  dressed  in  the  uniform  of  the 
day  —  baggy  khaki  shorts,  T-shirts,  and  sneakers  trailing 
shoelaces  —  are  led  by  their  teachers  to  their  seats.  The 
boys  are  orderly,  but  irrepressibly  exuberant  as  they  skip 
and  jive  to  their  seats. 

On  stage  is  a  simple  blue  backdrop,  with 
"Hugs  and  Kisses"  painted  in  huge  orange  letters.  Five 
actors,  all  young  adults  dressed  in  pastel-colored  overalls 
to  suggest  children,  enter  from  the  audience  and  begin 
singing  a  song:  "Hug,  a  verb,  to  comfort,  console,  to  put 


the  arms  around  and  hold  closely;  An  act  of  love  for  the 
young  and  old." 

But  the  action  soon  hones  in  on  the  point  of 
the  play  —  that  sometimes  hugging  and  kissing  and  af- 
fectionate touching  are  used  in  the  wrong  way.  The  ac- 
tors explain  the  difference  between  good  touch,  bad 
touch  (such  as  hitting),  and  secret  touch,  "when  an  adult 
or  teenager  touches  you  in  an  area  normally  covered  by  a 
two-piece  swimsuit  if  you  are  a  girl,  and  a  one-piece 
swimsuit  if  you  are  a  boy."  With  the  music  lowered  to  a 
whisper,  the  actors  solemnly  face  the  children  to  tell 
them,  "We  want  you  to  be  big  kids  today,  because  this  is 
a  serious  play,  and  what  you  will  learn  is  very  important." 

2?*  The  Arts  Can  Change  the  World 

Hugs  and  Kisses  was  written  in  1983  by  Bruce 
Miller,  Theatre  IVs  cofounder  and  artistic  director,  and 
Terry  Bliss,  with  music  by  Richard  Giersch.  It  is  in  its 
twelfth  season  and  has  been  presented  over  1,500  times 
to  500,000  children  in  elementary  schools  across  the 
state  —  public,  private,  urban,  suburban,  and  rural.  As 
Theatre  IV  points  out  in  literature  it  sends  to  schools 
before  the  play  is  presented,  child  sexual  abuse  cuts 
across  cultural,  racial,  and  economic  bounds,  and  occurs 
at  all  levels  of  society.  Nationwide,  somewhere  between 
one  in  four  and  one  in  ten  children  have  been  sexually 
abused  before  their  eighteenth  birthday.  Of  those 
children,  more  than  three-fourths  were  closely 
acquainted  with  the  perpetrator  before  the  abuse  began, 
with  the  abuse  occurring,  on  the  average,  for  three  years 
before  it  was  detected. 

That  is  why  Miller  and  Phil  Whiteway,  co- 
founder  and  managing  director,  believe  so  fervently  in 
their  play  and  its  power  of  prevention.  The  play  sends  a 
strong  message  to  children  that  "it's  all  right  to  say  no"  to 
someone  who  is  "secretly  touching"  them. 


a: 

c 
CQ 
in 

Q 

Q- 

(/,' 
in 
CD 
in 

> 

CTJ 
CD' 

ol 

Q 


Q 


3" 

o 


o 

- 


Says  Whiteway,  "I  attended  a  performance  of 
Hugs  and  Kisses  this  morning,  and  it  never  ceases  to  im- 
press me  how  a  quality  performance  can  affect  a  young 
person.  In  Hugs  and  Kisses,  I  see  the  ability  of  a  theatrical 
program  to  deliver  a  message  of  social  concern,  in  a  way 
that  lectures  and  books  and  talks  are  not  able  to  do.  If 
we  can  give  these  young  people  information  that  will 
protect  them,  or  even  one  of  them,  then  we've  done  a 
good  thing." 

Miller  and  Whiteway  are  proud  that  the  play 
has  resulted  in  3,000  disclosures  of  abuse  from  children 
and  that  it  has  received  awards  for  its  role  in  the  preven- 
tion of  childhood  sexual  abuse  from  the  state  of  Virginia 
and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 
Beyond  awards,  the  Virginia  General  Assembly  recendy 
cut  to  the  bottom  line  by  allocating  funds  to  underwrite 
the  play's  fall  1 994  tour,  as  the  first  step  towards  present- 
ing the  play  in  every  elementary  school  in  Virginia. 

"The  main  thing  that  makes  Theatre  IV 
tick,"  says  Miller,  a  friendly  bear  of  a  man  with  an  em- 
bracing smile  and  commanding  speech,  "is  that  we  try  to 
find  ways  to  serve  our  community  through  the  art  form 
of  theatre."  Theatre  IV  has  pursued  that  mission  by  di- 
recting a  third  of  the  company's  resources  and  produc- 
tions to  its  community  outreach  series. 

In  1985  Theatre  IV  produced  Runners,  a  play 
based  on  interviews  with  forty-three  Virginia  runaways 
in  emergency  shelters  throughout  the  state.  Runners  was 
written  to  dissuade  teenagers  from  running  away  from 
problems  at  home  and  into  the  vastly  more  dangerous 
life  in  the  streets.  The  company  developed  the  show  by 
working  closely  with  the  National  Network  for  Run- 
away and  Youth  Services,  and  between  1 990  and  1 992 
was  the  core  of  a  comprehensive  delinquency  prevention 
program  funded  by  the  Virginia  Department  of  Crimi- 
nal Justice  Services. 


The  spring  of  1988  saw  the  first  production 
of  Walking  the  Line,  a  play  discouraging  teenage  use  of  al- 
cohol and  other  drugs.  Walking  the  Line,  written  by 
Miller,  is  based  on  a  true  account  that  was  reported  in  a 
Virginia  newspaper  of  a  teenage  girl  who  was  forbidden 
by  her  father  to  attend  a  party  where  there  would  be 
drinking.  Worried  about  her  friends  driving  home  drunk 
from  the  party,  the  girl  convinced  her  father  to  allow  her 
to  pick  them  up.  On  the  way,  she  was  killed  in  a  head-on 
collision  with  a  car  carrying  drunken  teenagers  —  the  very 
friends  she  was  trying  to  protect. 

Says  Miller,  "Currently,  86  percent  of  all  Vir- 
ginia high  school  students  claim  they  drink  to  the  point  of 
drunkenness  prior  to  graduation.  Our  play  deals  with  the 
issue  of  irresponsible  drinking.  Not  to  imply  there  is  re- 
sponsible drinking,  but  to  say,  'If  you  drink  and  drive,  if 
you  use  alcohol  as  the  gateway  to  other  drugs,  or  if  you 
become  a  teenage  alcoholic,  that  is  irresponsible  and  unac- 
ceptable behavior  that  will  have  terrible  consequences  in 
your  life  and  the  lives  of  others.'  " 

Walking  the Line 'was  followed  in  1991  by 
Wonderful  World,  an  awareness  program  introducing  chil- 
dren to  basic  environmental  issues.  In  the  fall  of  1992, 
Dancing  in  the  Dark  toured  for  the  first  time.  The  play  en- 
courages teenage  sexual  responsibility  and  was  developed 
in  partnership  with  the  Junior  League  of  Richmond.  The 
Virginia  Department  for  Children  invited  Theatre  IV  to 
present  Dancing  in  the  Dark  at  its  1 989  annual  confer- 
ence, and  later  the  play  was  warmly  received  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  National  Organization  for  Adolescent 
Pregnancy  Prevention  in  Rockville,  Maryland.  Since  1 992 
more  than  30,000  young  people  have  seen  this  program. 

In  1990  the  Richmond  Department  of  Social 
Services  proposed  to  Theatre  IV  that  they  produce  a  play 
about  issues  families  face  in  the  foster  care  system.  As  a  re- 
sult, Me  and  My  Families  was  introduced  during  the 


1992-93  season.  Better  Safe  than  Sally,  a  childhood  injury 
prevention  program  and  the  latest  in  the  community 
outreach  series,  will  enter  its  third  season  in  the  spring. 

The  theme  that  weaves  together  all  the  plays 
in  the  series  is  the  conviction  of  Miller  and  Whiteway 
that  even  very  young  children  can  be  trusted  to  learn  im- 
portant lessons  about  emotionally  charged  and  contro- 
versial social  issues,  if  presented  to  them  in  an  entertain- 
ing and  responsible  form.  The  two,  both  fathers 
themselves,  view  protecting  children  from  harm  as  their 
greatest  reward  —  and  their  greatest  responsibility. 

Miller  says,  "What  interests  me  in  the  arts  in 
general,  and  in  theatre  specifically,  is  there's  this  tremen- 
dous opportunity  to  do  some-   


thing  important  to  change  the  „,             .          ■  .,.,        r        .        ,  .      ■ 

u  » Tj                11  I  see  the  ability  ot  a  theatrical  proqram 

world.    He  pauses,  and  leans  '                                  r      a 

forward  for  emphasis,  "I  really  to  deliver  a  message  of  social  concern, 

believe  that  the  arts  can  jn  Q  way  faa\  lectures  and  books  and 

change  the  world."  ..                         .  .            . 

talks  are  not  able  to  do. 


fr 


Enter  Theatre  IV 


Twenty  years  ago  Theatre  IV  was  the  fledgling 
product  of  two  performing  artists  who  had  been 
roommates  at  the  University  of  Richmond.  Fresh  from 
graduation  in  1974  and  a  season  of  summer  stock, 
Miller  took  a  federally  funded  position  with  the 
Southampton  County  Public  School  system  as  a  cultural 
enrichment  director. 

"It  was  during  that  year,  when  I  was  booking 
cultural  programs  into  Southampton,"  says  Miller,  "I 
found  that  the  only  programs  I  could  book  came  from 
New  York  and  Washington,  and  cost,  even  then,  $2000 
a  day.  I  thought,  I  can  get  together  a  group  of  actors,  I 
can  get  a  van,  we  can  make  costumes,  and  we  can  do 
these  shows  for  $300  a  day  and  be  thrilled  for  the  work. 
So  I  wrote  to  Phil,  who  had  been  the  business  manager 


for  the  University  Players,  and  I  said,  'How  would  you 
like  to  start  a  theatre  company  that  works  with  kids  and 
serves  the  schools?'  And  he  said,  'Sure.' " 

Armed  with  creative  energy,  youthful  enthusi- 
asm, and  knowledge  of  what  schools  demand  in  cultural 
programs,  Theatre  IV  ran  its  first  production  in  1 975  — 
an  adaptation  of  Brer  Rabbit  stories  presented  as  authen- 
tic African- American  folk  tales.  After  receiving  publicity 
in  1981  for  becoming  the  first  theatre  company  in  the 
country  to  use  special  broadcasting  technology  for  hear- 
ing-impaired children,  Theatre  IV  attracted  the  attention 
of  Ann  Childress,  an  employee  of  the  Virginia  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Services  and  a  woman  with  a  mission. 

As  a  professional 

working  to  protect  children 
from  abuse  and  neglect, 
Childress  was  alarmed  about 
the  growing  number  of  re- 
ported sexual  abuse  cases 
across  the  country.  Already  fa- 
miliar with  Theatre  IVs  pro- 
ductions of  fairy  tales,  and  having  read  a  newspaper  ac- 
count of  the  company's  interest  in  using  theatre  arts  to 
serve  the  community,  it  occurred  to  her  that  Theatre  IV 
would  be  the  perfect  medium  for  teaching  children 
about  sexual  abuse  without  frightening  them.  At  the 
time,  Childress  knew  of  three  other  theatre  groups  in  the 
country  that  were  presenting  plays  on  child  sexual  abuse. 
Recalls  Miller,  "One  of  those  plays  dealt  with 
a  space  character,  a  child  from  outer  space  who  came  to 
earth  and  was  experiencing  touch  for  the  first  time.  The 
other  one  involved  a  baby  bear  who  was  being  sexually 
abused  by  another  bear.  And  the  third  one  was  a  series  of 
sketches  in  Minneapolis  that  talked  about  the  issue,  but 
mainly  from  an  objective  perspective  and  mainly  for 
older  children." 


c 
CQ 
lq 

Q 
CL 

7s 

c/>' 
in 
CD 

> 

cq" 
7\ 

ol 

Q 


~u 

Q 


CD 
CO 

O 


What  Childress  wanted  was  a  play  where  the 
central  character  was  a  real  little  girl  being  sexually 
abused  by  a  real  person.  She  envisioned  a  play  that  treats 
children  with  respect  by  giving  them  truthful  informa- 
tion, which  they  need  to  remain  safe,  but  in  a  format 
that  is  easy  to  talk  about  with  parents  and  teachers. 

"Ann  had  a  tremendous  commitment  to  see- 
ing this  project  happen,"  says  Miller.  "She  met  with  us 
and  came  right  out  and  said,  'Have  you  ever  considered 
doing  a  play  about  child  sexual  abuse?'  Now,  in  today's 
climate,  that  seems  like  a  perfecdy  normal  question.  But 
in  1981,  before  the  McMartin  case  broke  in  California  (a 
much-publicized  case  involving  employees  of  a  daycare 
center  who  were  accused  of 
sexually  abusing  children  at 
the  center),  before  the  movie, 
Something  About  Amelia 
[which  dramatized  abuse  of  a 
young  girl  by  her  father] ,  it 
took  us  by  surprise.  We  had 
never  considered  doing  a  play 
about  an  issue  that  controver- 
sial, that  taboo." 

However,  after 
preliminary  research  and  speaking  with  adult  survivors  of 
childhood  sexual  abuse  who  urged  the  project  on,  Miller 
and  Whiteway  decided  to  ignore  the  alarmed  predictions 
of  the  company's  ruin  and  launch  the  show.  What  en- 
sued were  eighteen  months  of  feverish  research  as  Miller 
and  his  assistant,  Terry  Bliss,  spoke  with  childhood 
sexual  abuse  experts  across  the  country,  always  digging 
for  the  one  fact,  the  one  phrase  that  would  make  a  differ- 
ence in  the  lives  of  children. 

Miller  says,  "In  writing  the  play,  the  biggest 
challenge  for  us  was  to  deal  with  the  issues  honestly,  at 
the  same  time  using  language  and  concepts  that  would 


"What  interests  me  in  the  arts  in 

general,  and  in  theatre  specifically, 

is  there's  this  tremendous  opportunity 


be  acceptable  in  Virginia's  school  system.  I  remember 
sitting  around  the  kitchen  table  trying  to  figure  out  how 
we  could  talk  about  the  private  parts  of  a  child's  body  so 
they  could  understand  without  explicitly  naming  them. 
We  came  up  with  the  idea  of  talking  about  the  swimsuit 
areas  of  the  body." 

In  the  fall  of  1983,  Theatre  IV  joined  forces 
with  Virginians  for  Child  Abuse  Prevention  to  adminis- 
ter a  grant  from  the  Virginia  Family  Violence  Prevention 
Fund  allocated  for  thirty  free  performances  of  Hugs  and 
Kisses  to  schools  across  the  state.  That's  when  Miller  and 
Whiteway  learned  that,  although  they  were  committed 
to  getting  the  message  of  prevention  into  the  schools, 

there  were  some  messages  that 
parents  did  not  want  their 
children  to  hear.  Initially,  no 
school  would  agree  to  accept  a 
free  performance  of  Hugs  and 


.  Kisses.  Eventually,  after  the 

to  do  something  important  to  change    show was performed for 
the  world.  I  really  believe  that  the       school  officials  and  parents 

«,.j.^  „«„  r-.U«««^  4-U~  „,„JJ  "  across  the  state,  the  public 

arts  can  change  the  world.  .      \ 

came  to  realize  its  value. 

Megan  Maroney, 
chaplain  and  counselor  at  St.  Christopher's  School,  says 
the  prospect  of  showing  a  play  to  students  on  sexual 
abuse  alarmed  some  of  their  parents,  who  said  they 
wanted  to  preserve  their  children's  innocence.  But,  after 
the  script  was  shown  to  those  voicing  concern,  only 
three  of  400  children  were  prohibited  by  their  parents 
from  attending  the  play.  Maroney's  review:  "I  loved  it.  I 
thought  the  play  was  colorful,  interesting,  and  funny.  It 
gives  the  language  to  children  and  adults  to  talk  about 
sexual  abuse,  and  clearly  gives  the  message  to  children, 
without  scaring  them." 


2j*  A  Role  Model  for  Arts  Organizations 

i        "I  think  Theatre  IV  is  a  model  in  terms  of  their 
commitment  to  social  service  issues,"  says  Peggy  Baggett, 
executive  director  of  the  Virginia  Commission  for  the 
Arts.  "They're  way  ahead  of  other  arts  groups  that  are 
just  now  beginning  to  move  in  these  areas.  Their  careful 
attention  to  the  research  and  documentation  is 
important.  Theatre  IV  has  carefully  researched  each 
of  their  community  outreach  shows  to  make  sure 
that  they  not  only  have  a  good  product  artistically,  but 
that  it  fits  in  with  the  current  thoughts  of  the  social 
service  professionals." 

One  method  Theatre  IV  uses  to  research  an 
issue  and  accurately  represent  the  problem  and  recom- 
mended solutions  to  the  public  is  to  align  itself  with  a 
social  service  agency  for  each  of  its  community  outreach 
productions.  As  in  the  case  of  Hugs  and  Kisses,  each  pro- 
duction is  carefully  researched  with  nationally  known  ex- 
perts in  education  and  child  health  and  welfare  before  it 
is  written.  A  draft  of  the  play  is  later  scrutinized  by  an 
advisory  board  of  educators,  social  service  workers,  phy- 
sicians, and  other  interested  professionals.  Once  the  play 
has  begun  touring,  Theatre  IV  maintains  a  close  rela- 
tionship with  its  advisors  who  keep  the  play's  content 
and  statistics  current. 

Prevent  Child  Abuse,  Virginia  (PCAV),  the 
state  chapter  of  the  National  Committee  to  Prevent 
Child  Abuse,  and  Parents  Anonymous  National  owns 
half  the  rights  to  Hugs  and  Kisses  and  participated  in  the 
original  research.  PCAV  continues  to  work  with  the 
company  by  serving  as  a  parent  and  teacher  resource  to 
schools  that  host  the  play,  and  by  training  the  actors 
each  season  on  how  to  answer  children's  questions  and 
to  "listen,  believe,  and  refer"  children  with  disclosures  of 
abuse  to  the  Child  Protective  Service  (CPS)  workers. 
PCAV  also  works  with  the  Virginia  Department  of 


Social  Services  to  ensure  the  presence  of  the  CPS  work- 
ers at  each  performance  of  Hugs  and  Kisses. 

Barbara  Rawn,  executive  director  of  PCAV, 
says,  "I  am  in  awe  of  Theatre  IV.  They  take  risks,  they 
take  on  tough  topics  with  imagination  and  incredible  in- 
tegrity. And  the  actors  are  wonderful.  They're  excited 
about  what  they're  doing  and  they  feel  very  special  being 
able  to  do  this  show  to  help  children.  But  doing  the 
play,  and  talking  to  children  who  are  being  abused  can 
be  very  overwhelming.  We  tell  them  to  call  us  whenever 
they  need  to  talk  over  their  experiences.  It's  hard  for  any- 
one, even  child  abuse  professionals,  to  hear  a  tiny  child 
say  her  daddy  is  secredy  touching  her.  For  young  adults 
who  are  actors,  it's  hell." 

"It  can  be  really  difficult  to  deal  with  these  is- 
sues," agrees  Steve  Perigard,  Theatre  IVs  community 
outreach  coordinator  and  a  former  actor  with  the  com- 
pany. Perigard  toured  with  Hugs  and  Kisses  for  two  sea- 
sons. "The  children  identify  with  the  characters  in  the 
play  who  are  kids,  so  they  feel  comfortable  talking  with 
us.  Which  is  why  we  stick  around  after  the  question- 
and-answer  period,  to  let  the  kids  come  to  us,  and  we 
take  them  to  the  social  workers." 

The  Child  Protective  Service  workers  are  an 
important  link  in  the  prevention,  and  in  some  cases,  in- 
tervention, loop.  After  the  children  have  seen  the  play, 
and  realize  this  is  a  topic  that  can  indeed  be  talked 
about,  children  who  are  being  molested  will  often  dis- 
close this  fact  to  the  actors.  Having  CPS  workers  on-site 
reassures  Theatre  IV  that  the  children  who  have  been 
brave  enough  to  speak  of  their  ordeal,  often  for  the  first 
time,  will  receive  immediate  help  and  not  be  lost  in  ad- 
ministrative cracks  or  a  jurisdictional  shuffle. 


c 
CQ 

CO 

Q 

3 

Q- 


in 
> 

cq' 

Q_ 
ts> 
-Q 
Q 


Q 


CD 
00 

o_ 

c 

5" 

3 


2j*  Public  Funding 

*         Because  of  such  heart- wrenching  responses  from 
children,  Theatre  IV  is  committed  to  offering  the 
community  outreach  series  for  a  low  fee,  or  free,  to  keep 
the  series  available  to  a  wide  audience.  As  a  nonprofit 
company,  Theatre  IV  looks  to  contributed  sources  of 
income  to  offset  their  production  costs. 

Phil  Whiteway,  an  openly  friendly  man  like 
Miller,  but  more  quiet  and  serious,  says,  "We  were  in- 
corporated as  a  nonprofit  organization,  but  my  partner's 
and  my  attitude  was  then,  and  still  is,  you  earn  the  right 
to  ask  for  money.  There  were  many  years  in  the  begin- 
ning when  we  asked  for  no  funding,  because  we  felt  we 

needed  to  provide  some  sort      

of  track  record  before  we 
would  solicit  support  from  a 
government  agency,  corpora- 
tion, or  individual. 


"We  still  take  a 
careful  look  at  the  ratio  of 
contributed  to  earned  rev- 
enue. Right  now  the  ratio  is 
about  25  percent  to  75  per- 
cent, and  it  feels  like  that's  the 

most  responsible  approach.  I'm  aware  that  many  arts  or- 
ganizations have  a  50/50  ratio,  but  to  me  that  places  a 
huge  burden  on  the  community  and  on  the  organization 
to  raise  that  kind  of  money  every  year.  Still,  with  25  per- 
cent contributed  revenue,  it's  an  awesome  thought  to 
know  you  must  raise  half  a  million  dollars  each  year." 

Theatre  IV  began  receiving  support  from  the 
Virginia  Commission  for  the  Arts  in  1978,  three  years 
after  its  inception.  Says  Peggy  Baggett,  "Theatre  IV  re- 
ceives a  larger  amount  of  touring  support  from  the  com- 
mission than  any  other  group  in  the  state,  because  of  the 
quality  of  what  they  do.  And  over  the  years  they  have 


"Theatre  IV  has  carefully  researched 

each  of  their  community  outreach 

shows,  to  make  sure  that  they  not  only 

have  a  good  product  artistically,  but 

that  it  fits  in  with  the  current  thoughts  of 

the  social  service  professionals." 


documented  the  demand  for  their  programming.  They 
receive  our  largest  touring  allocation,  but  they  are  still 
able  to  reach  only  a  third  of  the  schools  and  community 
groups  who  ask  for  them.  If  they  had  more  money,  they 
could  reach  more  children." 

Among  its  supporters,  Theatre  IV  counts  the 
National  Endowment  of  the  Arts  (NEA).  "We've  been 
receiving  NEA  funding  for  eleven  years,"  says  Whiteway. 
"We  certainly  need  and  welcome  their  cash  support,  but 
we  also  look  at  it  as  a  terrific  honor  that  this  federal  en- 
tity, which  uses  professionals  in  our  field  to  evaluate  our 
work  and  our  management,  has  given  us  their  stamp 
of  approval." 

Miller  agrees  with 

his  partner  on  the  value  of 
NEA  funding.  He  says,  "The 
amount  of  money  we  receive 
from  the  NEA  is  not  that  sig- 
nificant as  far  as  the  overall 
percentage  of  our  budget.  But 
it  is  tremendously  significant 
in  that  it  provides  crucial  dol- 
lars we're  unable  to  get  any- 
where else.  And  we're  able  to 
go  to  other  funding  sources  and  say,  'We  have  the  sup- 
port of  the  NEA,  they  view  us  as  a  nationally  significant 
organization.'  Those  corporations  and  foundations  that 
are  enlightened  on  this  issue,  think,  'That's  a  distinction 
that  only  the  best  can  claim,'  and  take  our  organization 
more  seriously." 

2J*  Theatre  IV  Has  Massive  Impact 

»        Barbara  Rawn  says,  "In  the  years  that  I  have 
worked  with  Theatre  IV,  I  have  personally  seen  that 
Hugs  and  Kisses  has  had  massive  impact  as  a  primary 
prevention  tool."  William  Lukhard,  former 


commissioner  of  the  Virginia  Department  of  Social 
Services,  says  it  changed  the  face  of  the  way  childhood 


sexual  abuse  prevention  is  handled  in  Virginia.  i1 

"Childhood  sexual  abuse  thrives  in  an  atmo-  £ 

sphere  of  ignorance  and  secrecy.  The  play  has  made  it  o_ 


0) 


OK  for  not  only  children  but  the  gatekeepers  to  chil- 
dren —  teachers,  parents,  daycare  providers  —  to  talk 
about  the  issue  and  bring  it  out  into  the  open.  If  you  ^ 

walk  into  a  daycare  center  and  you  see  posters  about  re-  ^ 

porting  child  sexual  abuse,  and  the  staff  have  been  „- 

trained  to  know  what  to  look  for,  and  the  children  have  5" 

been  educated  about  secret  touching,  then  it  is  an  unsafe 
place  for  perpetrators.  Hugs  and  Kisses  was  the  catalyst 
for  that  to  happen  in  Virginia."  ■ 

Rebecca  Neale  is  a  free-lance  writer  based  in  Richmond,  Vir- 
ginia. She  has  a  Masters  in  Social  Work  and  was  formerly  a 
clinical  social  worker  at  the  Memorial  Child  Guidance  Clinic  in 
Richmond. 

For  further  information  on  Theatre  TV,  please  contact  the  theatre 
at  114  West  Broad  Street,  Richmond,  Virginia  23220;  phone 
804-783-1688. 


I  )   Additional  Stateand  Regional  Arts  Agency  Projects 


Q 


CO 
O 


All  state  arts  agencies  support  arts  projects  that  offer  creative 
alternatives  for  youth.  Like  the  compelling  stories  featured  in 
the  previous  chapters,  the  following  examples  from  the  rest  of 
the  nation  s  fifty-six  state  arts  agencies  and  seven  regional 
arts  organizations  illustrate  the  positive  impact  the  arts  can 
have  on  youth,  their  families,  and  their  communities. 

The  State  Arts  Agencies 

^^  Alabama  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

^  \    City  Center  Arts  is  a  multi- agency,  community- 
based  effort  to  build  resilient  children,  strengthen  Bir- 
mingham families,  increase  community  involvement, 
create  job  opportunities,  and  promote  racial  harmony 
through  arts-related  activities.  It  is  an  arts  education  and 
jobs  program  that  brings  the  visual  arts  to  children  in 
grades  one  through  ten  from  three  public  housing  com- 
munities. The  program  uses  the  arts  to  build  self-esteem 
and  redirect  youth  in  positive  directions.  The  program 
was  initiated  by  Space  One  Eleven,  a  grass-roots  artists' 
organization,  as  a  way  for  local  artists  to  contribute  to 
their  community.  In  1993,  Space  One  Eleven  was 
joined  by  the  Birmingham  Museum  of  Arts  to  expand 
the  program  and  facilitate  the  museum's  outreach  to  un- 
derserved  and  economically  disadvantaged  citizens.  Stu- 
dents who  participate  in  the  program  attend  studio 
classes,  and  they  exhibit  both  at  Space  One  Eleven  and 
the  museum. 

Selma  Youth  Development  Center  provides 
an  after-school,  year-round  program  that  targets  at-risk 
youth.  The  program  is  a  collaboration  between  the 
Selma  City  Schools,  the  Selma  Civic  Club,  and  the 


Selma  Youth  Development  Center.  Approximately  200 
kids  receive  classroom  instruction  in  dance,  music, 
drama,  visual  arts,  and  boxing,  and  take  field  trips  to  lo- 
cal museums  and  performances.  According  to  the  pro- 
gram director,  "the  arts  are  used  as  a  tool  to  uplift  and 
build  the  self-esteem  of  kids  who  live  in  a  depressed 
community." 

Space  One  Eleven  and  Selma  Youth  Devel- 
opment Center  receive  support  from  the  Alabama  State 
Council  on  the  Arts.  Space  One  Eleven  also  receives  sup- 
port from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts. 

2|*  Alaska  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
»        Out  North  Theatre  Company,  located  in  Anchor- 
age, established  a  partnership  with  McLaughlin  Youth 
Corrections  Center  called  the  "Locked  Up"  Teen  Pro- 
gram. Out  North  conducts  on-site  writing  and  action 
workshops  with  local  and  guest  artists,  hosts  teens  at  off- 
site  workshops,  and  provides  free  tickets  to  see  perfor- 
mances (the  first  time  for  many  of  the  teens).  Out  North 
also  employs  selected  teen  inmates  as  backstage  assistants 
to  give  them  work  experience.  This  is  the  third  year  of 
the  program,  and  some  positive  results  are  increased  self- 
confidence  and  the  development  of  social  skills. 

In  addition,  Out  North  has  joined  with  the 
Anchorage  School  Districts  and  the  Partnership  for  a 
Healthy  Community  to  initiate  in  1994  a  program  that 
allows  junior  high  school  kids  who  have  been  suspended 
to  spend  a  portion  of  that  time  working  with  a  nonprofit 
organization.  At  Out  North  Theatre  Company,  a  pilot 
site,  suspended  youths  have  been  working  behind  the 
scenes  assisting  with  props  and  costumes. 


The  Alaska  State  Council  on  the  Arts  pro- 
vides general  operating  support  to  Out  North 
Theatre  Company. 

yX»  American  Samoa  Council  on  Art, 

***     Culture  and  Humanities 

One  of  the  arts  council's  mandates  is  to  assist  the  young 
people  of  the  territory  in  crossing  the  difficult  bridge  be- 
tween their  native  Samoan  culture  and  continental 
United  States  culture.  However,  Samoa's  problems  with 
its  youth  are  not  the  same  as  in  the  states.  Young  Samo- 
ans  who  have  joined  gangs  or  been  involved  in  crimes 
while  living  in  the  states  are  being  sent  back  to  grandpar- 
ents to  "straighten  out."  These  returnees  are  negatively 
influencing  their  peers  in  school  and  the  community. 
The  arts  council  is  countering  the  problem  with  its  Cul- 
tural Maintenance  Workshops,  Summer  Art  Academy, 
and  its  Arts  in  Education  and  Folk  Art  programs.  These 
programs  give  participants  a  creative  outlet  for  expres- 
sion, and  are  also  helpful  in  identifying  troubled  indi- 
viduals who  can  then  be  referred  to  counseling  programs. 

*Hs  Arkansas  Arts  Council 

^  \   The  Arkansas  Arts  Council  funds  a  nine-month 
residency  program  in  the  Watson  Education  Center 
(WEC),  an  alternative  high  school  in  the  El  Dorado 
District.  El  Dorado  is  a  cultural  and  economic  center 
within  an  otherwise  remote  and  poor  area  of  Arkansas. 

The  purpose  of  WEC's  arts  in  education  pro- 
gram is  to  turn  students'  destructive  energies  toward  cre- 
ative activities.  Working  four  to  five  hours  each  day  with 
small  groups  of  students,  an  artist  facilitates  work  in  the 
media  of  the  students'  choosing.  The  most  visible  of  the 
program's  accomplishments  is  a  major  mural  on  the  ex- 
terior of  a  downtown  office  building  in  El  Dorado.  The 
program  has  drawn  positive  attention  to  the  needs  of 


at-risk  students  while  giving  the  students  a  source  of 
pride  in  their  contribution  to  the  community. 

Through  its  use  and  interpretation  of  the  arts, 
WEC  has  become  a  national  model.  It  allows  about  fifty 
students  who  have  not  succeeded  in  traditional  school 
settings  an  opportunity  to  succeed  in  its  environment  of 
intensive  individual  support  and  creativity. 

pr*  Connecticut  Commission  on  the  Arts 
\  *      During  the  summer  of  1994,  the  Sankofa- 
Kuumba  Cultural  Arts  Consortium  targeted  at-risk 
youth  in  a  program  that  taught  traditional  West  Afri- 
can dance,  music,  and  history,  while  also  promoting 
self-confidence  and  respect  for  others.  Over  200  chil- 
dren in  Hartford  learned  valuable  lessons  in  critical 
thinking,  conflict  resolution,  and  presentation  skills. 
The  program  culminated  in  an  afternoon  of  perfor- 
mances. Participants  from  six  city  neighborhoods 
crossed  territorial  boundaries  and  put  aside  their  differ- 
ences to  celebrate  their  common  heritage  with  several 
thousand  community  members. 

Sankofa-Kuumba  and  four  Hartford  agencies 
were  partners  in  the  effort.  Christine  Dixon-Smith, 
Sankofa-Kuumba's  director,  credits  their  success  to  the 
training  they  received  through  the  Connecticut  Com- 
mission on  the  Arts'  Inner  City  Cultural  Development 
program  (funded  by  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts),  which  provided  the  fund-raising  and  management 
skills  necessary  for  a  successful  program. 

Sr  Delaware  Division  of  the  Arts 

^      With  support  from  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts,  the  Delaware  Division  of  the  Arts  supported 
the  Ko-Thi  Dance  Company  of  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin, 
in  a  monthlong  residency.  The  company  uses  traditional 
instruments  and  authentic  costumes,  songs,  and  dance 


> 

Q_ 
Q_ 

5' 

3 
Q_ 

<S> 

Q 
(B 
D 
Q_ 

TO 
CD 

CQ 

o' 

Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

n 
^C 

-o 

_o 

CD' 
n 


-a 
Q 


CO 

o_ 

c 


to  present  traditional  African  dance  and  music  forms  to 
Western  audiences.  Performances  and  more  than  fifty 
educational  exchanges,  classes,  workshops,  and  demon- 
strations took  place  at  schools,  community  centers,  and 
alternative  spaces  throughout  the  state. 

In  many  schools,  preparation  for  the  Ko-Thi 
performances  was  a  yearlong  process,  during  which  stu- 
dents created  African  dresses,  masks,  stenciled  head- 
bands, and  dance  belts.  In  one  unique  residency  activity, 
Ko-Thi's  musicians  taught  community  members  how  to 
make  African  drums,  which  then  became  the  property  of 
the  local  community  center  where  the  residency  oc- 
curred. During  a  two-day,  overnight  workshop  for 
young  men,  participants  soaked  goat  skins,  stretched 
them  over  oil  drums,  tuned  and  decorated  the  resulting 
instruments,  and  received  instruction  from  Ko-Thi's 
master  drummers.  The  activities  culminated  in  a  student 
performance  at  the  Grand  Opera  House  in  Wilmington 
to  great  community  acclaim. 

^L^  District  of  Columbia  Commission 

'  \    on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 

A  major  priority  of  the  commission  is  reaching  the 
young  people  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  particularly 
those  considered  to  be  at  risk.  In  fiscal  year  1 994, 
through  its  Arts  Education  Program,  the  commission 
made  an  impact  on  approximately  55,918  district 
youths.  This  grant  program  focuses  on  providing  youth 
with  training  in  and  exposure  to  arts  activities.  It  in- 
cludes artist  residencies  in  public  schools  and  nontradi- 
tional  settings,  such  as  community  centers  and  churches. 
A  major  milestone  of  the  Arts  Education  Program  has 
been  achieving  the  highest  quality  arts-related  Summer 
Youth  Employment  Program  to  date.  These  training  ac- 
tivities culminated  in  acclaimed  performances  at  Ira 
Aldridge  Theater,  Fort  Dupont  Park,  Lisner  Audito- 


rium, and  other  venues.  Packed  audiences  consisting  of 
the  general  public,  family,  and  friends  attended  the  per- 
formances to  watch  and  support  the  youth. 

ZJ*  Florida  Division  of  Cultural  Affairs 
\  *     The  Florida  Division  of  Cultural  Affairs  awarded  a 
grant  to  Fourth  Avenue  Cultural  Enrichment  (FACE.) 
to  support  programs  offering  culturally  enriching  experi- 
ences to  at-risk  youth  ages  five  through  eighteen. 
F.A.C.E.  provides  professionally  directed  classes  and 
projects  in  dance,  music,  theater,  and  art  without  fees  or 
restrictions.  Programs  target  underserved,  inner-city 
populations.  Performances  are  regularly  scheduled  at  lo- 
cal schools  and  a  neighboring  nursing  home.  Partici- 
pants have  painted  two  local  murals,  one  at  the  Tallahas- 
see Homeless  Shelter. 

Another  organization,  OneArt,  received  a 
grant  from  the  division  to  support  its  KidsArts  project. 
The  project,  in  conjunction  with  Dade  County  Public 
Schools,  the  Metro-Dade  Police  Department,  and  the 
City  of  Miami  Police  Department,  will  provide  a  series 
of  sixty-eight  workshops  in  dance  and  drama  specifically 
designed  for  inner-city  children  from  Shadowlawn  El- 
ementary. An  estimated  sixty  children  will  be  served  on 
an  ongoing  basis  for  thirty-four  weeks.  The  division  also 
awarded  a  grant  through  its  Cultural  Facilities  Program 
for  construction  of  the  new  OneArt  Center. 

2S*  Georgia  Council  for  the  Arts 

J      The  Arts  in  the  Adanta  Project  (ATAP)  is  the  arts 
component  of  former  President  Jimmy  Carter's  Adanta 
Project,  created  to  address  problems  in  twenty  cluster 
communities  that  face  high  crime,  teen  pregnancy,  and 
unemployment.  ATAP  is  a  collaboration,  supported  by 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  Georgia 
Council  for  the  Arts,  the  City  of  Adanta  Bureau  of 


Cultural  Affairs,  Fulton  County  Arts  Council,  the 
DeKalb  Council  for  the  Arts,  Arts  Clayton,  and  a  con- 
sortium of  other  arts  organizations. 

Many  of  the  programs  ATAP  funds  teach  the 
arts,  both  contemporary  and  traditional,  to  children 
from  local  housing  projects  who  have  had  little  or  no 
previous  exposure  to  the  arts.  Students  in  these  programs 
have  done  a  variety  of  arts  activities  including  learning 
traditional  African  drumming  and  dance  and  perform- 
ing contemporary  plays  that  they  helped  write. 

>L*  Guam  Council  on  the  Arts 
^\    and  Humanities  Agency 

Frank  Rabon,  head  of  the  Taotao  Tano  Chamoru  cul- 
tural dance  group,  portrays  his  traditional  dance  class  at 
Inarajan  High  School  as  the  "macho,  cool"  thing  to  do. 
The  dance  class  is  a  cooperative  effort  between  the  high 
school,  the  Guam  Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 
Agency,  and  a  developing  cultural  village  in  the  area.  Gef 
Pa' go,  the  Chamoru  cultural  village,  was  started  three 
years  ago  with  a  grant  from  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts.  Rabon  teaches  traditional  dances  of  the 
Chamoru  heritage.  Those  students  who  perfect  their 
skills  are  allowed  to  join  the  professional  dance  group 
that  performs  at  Gef  Pa' go. 

The  strong  bond  forged  by  the  dance  group 
has  satisfied  the  teens'  need  for  group  acceptance,  which 
is  often  sought  through  gang  membership. 

/j*  State  Foundation  on  Culture 
\  *    and  the  Arts  (Hawaii) 

In  July  1992,  the  State  Foundation  on  Culture  and  the 
Arts  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  funded 
the  Statewide  Cultural  Extension  Program,  currently 
funded  and  administered  by  the  University  of  Hawaii. 


Its  purpose  is  to  bring  arts  and  cultural  activities  to  rural 
areas  and  underserved  communities.  A  significant  aspect 
of  the  program  was  the  Cultural  Transition  Project, 
which  provided  more  than  thirty-two  presentations  to 
at-risk  youth  in  intermediate  schools  throughout  the 
state.  Presentations  included  a  Hawaiian  heritage  guitar 
and  song  performance  by  National  Heritage  Fellowship 
Award  recipient  Raymond  Kane  and  a  storytelling  ses- 
sion of  Filipino  folktales  with  Felisa  Lindsey.  Approxi- 
mately 1,850  youths  were  reached  through  the  Cultural 
Transition  Project. 

At  least  seven  other  arts  projects  targeting  at- 
risk  youth  are  currently  funded  through  the  State  Foun- 
dation. These  projects  extend  to  four  islands  and  address 
critical  social  issues  such  as  homelessness,  gang  violence, 
low  income,  delinquency,  and  drug  abuse. 

y$*  Idaho  Commission  on  the  Arts 

^      The  Idaho  Commission  on  the  Arts  received 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  funding  in  1 993  for 
the  Family  Center  Arts  Project,  a  two-year  project  that 
provides  artist  residencies  for  first-time  juvenile  offenders 
and  other  at-risk  youth  in  the  community.  Arts  classes 
were  integrated  into  education,  therapy,  and  recreation 
programs  at  various  locations,  such  as  a  home  for  teen- 
age mothers,  a  shelter  for  troubled  teenage  girls,  and  the 
Idaho  State  Correctional  Institution. 

Using  media  ranging  from  clay  to  poetry  to 
interactive  electronic  technology,  artists  worked  for  con- 
centrated periods  with  small  groups  of  students,  encour- 
aging positive  self-expression.  Youth  workers  say  some  of 
the  students  gained  tremendous  confidence  and  commu- 
nication skills  through  the  residencies.  Artist  Kathy 
Byron  observes,  "I  often  wavered  between  hopelessness 
for  these  students'  futures  and  inspiration  at  working 
with  such  exceptional  children." 


> 

Q_ 
Q- 

5' 

3 
D_ 

GO 

D 
CD 
Q 

Q_ 

TO 
CD 

CQ 

o' 

Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

o 


CD 

o 


-o 
D 


O 


o 

3 


*Hs    Illinois  Arts  Council 

^  \     Support  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts  and  the  Illinois  Arts  Council  has  helped  the 
Peoples's  Music  School,  located  in  Uptown  Chicago, 
provide  this  community's  youth  with  an  opportunity  to 
receive  free,  private  instrument  instruction  and  perfor- 
mance opportunities  in  neighborhood  venues.  Accord- 
ing to  Director  Rita  Simo,  the  school  offers  young 
people  a  supportive,  constructive  environment  —  a 
place  to  experience  a  sense  of  belonging  and  to  be 
around  others  their  age  —  that  the  larger  community  of- 
ten doesn't  provide.  When  she  asks  a  young  person  why 
he  is  still  at  the  school  at  six  or  seven  in  the  evening,  the 
response  is  typically,  "I  like  it  here."  Says  Simo,  "My  big- 
gest concern  is  to  instill  in  the  students  a  sense  of  disci- 
pline." A  measure  of  the  school's  impact  is  found  in  the 
words  of  a  young  man  who  had  studied  there  eight  years 
before.  He  writes,  "I  saw  you  were  tough.  Without  that, 
I  would  have  ended  up  in  jail." 

2y*  Indiana  Arts  Commission 

Begun  in  1988  in  Evansville,  Indiana,  the  Evans- 
ville  Housing  Authority's  Dance  Awareness  Program 
was  created  as  a  means  of  teaching  personal  discipline 
and  building  self-esteem  in  youth  in  public  housing.  As 
a  positive  outlet  for  the  young  people's  energy  and  cre- 
ativity, it  has  evolved  from  its  early  roots  in  popular  Top 
40  music  and  dance  into  a  program  that  offers  classes  to 
forty-five  students  on  three  levels  in  classical  and  con- 
temporary ballet,  jazz,  and  ethnic  dance.  Supported 
through  a  HUD  Drug  Elimination  grant,  grants  from 
the  Indiana  Arts  Commission,  and  various  corporate 
sponsors,  the  program  boasts  a  donated  downtown  stu- 
dio space  and  holds  professional  recitals  at  the  University 
of  Evansville  Theatre.  Wherever  the  troupe  performs  — 
in  a  concert  hall,  at  a  festival,  or  in  a  classroom  —  these 


young  people  demonstrate  pride  in  themselves  and  dedi- 
cation to  their  work. 

jS»  Iowa  Arts  Council 

The  Iowa  Arts  Council's  Youth  Arts  Opportuni- 
ties program  began  in  fiscal  year  1993  as  a  two-year  pilot 
project  to  work  with  youth  who  have  not  had  encourag- 
ing experiences,  according  to  Dr.  Willis  J.  Knight,  the 
consultant  for  the  project.  Knight  and  five  artists  pursue 
the  goal  of  building  on  the  teens'  strengths  to  increase 
confidence.  "We  want  them  to  learn  to  take  risks  to  cre- 
ate a  more  positive  self-concept,"  Knight  says.  Concetta 
Morales,  a  visual  artist,  worked  with  fifty  teenagers  from 
five  shelter  facilities  designing  mosaic  panels  for  the  Des 
Moines  International  Airport.  One  of  the  students  said 
the  project  made  them  feel  successful  for  the  first  time. 

J^  Kansas  Arts  Commission 

^  \     One  of  the  most  significant  trends  in  the  Kansas 
Arts  Commission's  Arts  in  Education  Program  is  the 
increasing  number  of  programs  serving  identified 
groups  of  at-risk  children.  Some  projects  being  sup- 
ported in  this  category  are:  a  Lawrence  dance  company 
that  works  with  children  of  substance-abusing  mothers 
in  a  halfway  house;  classes  given  at  the  Wichita  Center 
for  the  Arts  for  kids  who  have  gotten  in  trouble  for 
bringing  weapons  to  school;  a  dance  residency  spon- 
sored by  the  Salina  Salvation  Army  for  at-risk  children 
who  live  in  the  economically  disadvantaged  area  of 
town;  and  a  partnership  with  Social  and  Rehabilitation 
Services  to  support  artists  in  residence  at  four  Youth 
Centers,  which  are  state  juvenile  detention  facilities.  A 
follow-up  study  of  youth  after  their  release  from  the  de- 
tention facilities  is  being  developed. 


2j*  Kentucky  Arts  Council 
1  *     Three  rural,  underserved  counties  in  eastern  Ken- 
tucky present  arts  programs  funded  in  part  by  the  Ken- 
tucky Arts  Council  through  local  school  district  Family 
Resource  Centers  and  county  government  Adult  Lit- 
eracy Centers.  Family  Resource  Centers  are  a  major 
component  of  the  Kentucky  Education  Reform  Act  and 
provide  health  and  social  services  to  families.  They  have 
become  the  link  between  parents  and  schools  and  have 
increased  parent  participation  in  school  governance. 

Judy  Sizemore,  Kentucky  Arts  Council  com- 
munity artist  in  residence,  has  coordinated  short-term 
residencies  in  visual  arts,  drama,  music,  dance,  and  cre- 
ative writing  in  twelve  Family  Resource  Centers  serving 
2,000  elementary  school  children  and  their  families. 
Judy  also  conducts  arts  programs  in  the  county  Adult 
Literacy  centers,  and  works  with  some  of  the  same  adults 
whose  children  attend  the  Family  Resource  Centers. 

These  community  arts  programs  were  initi- 
ated by  the  Appalachian  Communities  for  Children,  a 
Save  the  Children  self-help  organization. 

yX*  Maine  Arts  Commission 

In  1 993  the  Maine  Arts  Commission  adopted  a 
new  long-range  plan  that  focused  the  commission's  re- 
sources on  integrating  the  arts  into  all  areas  of  commu- 
nity life.  Consistent  with  this  mission,  funding  in  all 
granting  categories  is  predicated  on  the  inclusion  of  un- 
derserved populations,  including  children  of  disadvan- 
taged families.  Grants  have  been  made  to  organizations 
throughout  the  state  that  have  had  a  direct  impact  on 
these  populations.  In  Portland,  grants  to  The  Children's 
Museum  of  Maine,  The  Preble  Street  Resource  Center 
(a  provider  of  services  to  the  homeless,  including  teens 
and  single  mothers),  the  Portland  West  Neighborhood 
Council,  and  the  Portland  School  District  (for  The  Art 


of  Black  Dance,  an  Ethnic  Arts  Initiative  grant)  have 
provided  disadvantaged  youth  with  community-cen- 
tered arts  experiences.  Professional  artists  skilled  at  work- 
ing with  disenfranchised  youth  have  been  central  to  the 
success  of  these  projects. 

*Hs  Massachusetts  Cultural  Council 

~  \    In  1993  the  Massachusetts  Cultural  Council  es- 
tablished an  initiative  called  YouthReach,  which  sup- 
ports partnerships  among  arts  organizations,  artists,  and 
community  agencies  to  provide  arts  programs  for  at-risk 
youth  in  underserved  communities.  The  primary  goals 
of  the  initiative  are  to  employ  the  power  of  the  arts  to 
address  the  social  challenges  facing  youth;  to  promote 
the  integration  of  cultural  programming  into  a 
community's  response  to  the  needs  of  its  youth;  to  de- 
velop lasting  linkages  between  cultural  organizations, 
artists,  and  community  agencies  to  provide  the  high- 
est quality  arts  experiences  for  at-risk  youth;  and  to 
stimulate  other  funding  sources  to  recognize  the  links 
between  community-based  cultural  programs  and 
community  development. 

YouthReach  has  assisted  activities  such  as  the 
Drop  a  Dime/Voices  project,  which  promotes  the  use  of 
video  and  theatre  to  educate  urban  teens  about  sub- 
stance abuse,  violence,  and  AIDS.  YouthReach  is  sup- 
ported by  the  Massachusetts  Cultural  Council,  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts,  and  the  Massachusetts 
Department  of  Public  Health. 

/j*  Michigan  Council  for  the  Arts 
\  *     and  Cultural  Affairs 

The  Michigan  Council  for  the  Arts  and  Cultural  Affairs, 
in  partnership  with  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts,  provides  funding  and  technical  assistance  to 
Detroit  Area  Film  and  Television  (DAFT).  DAFT  is  a 


> 

Q. 
5' 
Q_ 

in 

Q 
S" 

Q 

3 
Q_ 

TO 

<D 
CD 

o' 

3 
Q 


c/i 

> 

CQ 
CD 

3 

n 
•< 

-a 

- 1 
_o 

cd' 
n 


Q 


CO 
O 


O 

3 


not-for-profit  educational  organization  that  has  pro- 
moted and  supported  the  creative  use  of  the  electronic 
media  by  young  people  for  the  last  twenty-five  years. 
Based  in  the  Detroit  area,  it  has  had  profound  benefits 
for  students,  parents,  and  communities  located  through- 
out Michigan. 

DAFT  takes  a  hands-on  approach,  and  its 
services  consist  of  workshops  and  activities  geared  to 
providing  at-risk  young  people  with  tangible  projects. 
Three  major  activities  are  the  Animation  Workshop,  the 
Michigan  Student  Film  and  Video  Festival,  and  a 
television  show  featuring  the  winners  of  the  juried  festi- 
val. DAFT  has  provided  thousands  of  students  with  suc- 
cessful learning  experiences,  concrete  evidence  of  the 
students'  successes  in  the  form  of  their  own  films  and 
videos,  and  valuable  skills  and  work  habits. 

j&*  Minnesota  State  Arts  Board 

Intermedia  Arts  Minnesota,  The  City,  Inc.,  and 
media  artist  Daniel  Bergin  worked  together  on  a  project 
involving  fifteen  African-American,  at-risk  teens.  The 
residency  was  funded  in  part  by  the  Minnesota  State 
Arts  Board's  Organizational  Support  program,  with 
support  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts, 
the  MacArthur  Foundation,  and  Intermedia  Arts' 
general  fund. 

The  project  entailed  adapting  August 
Wilson's  play  The  Piano  Lesson  to  video.  By  working 
closely  with  this  historically  rich  play,  the  students  were 
inspired  to  examine  contemporary  and  historical  repre- 
sentations of  African  Americans  in  the  mainstream  me- 
dia, from  the  nightly  news  to  MTV.  During  a  post- 
screening  discussion  of  their  finished  product,  the  teens 
shared  their  own  views  on  cultural  identity.  This  project 
enabled  students  to  begin  developing  a  cultural  and 
historical  context,  and  to  develop  ways  of  expressing 


what  is  uniquely  meaningful. 

^U*  Mississippi  Arts  Commission 

^  \    Working  with  Mississippi  Valley  State  University, 
the  City  of  Itta  Bena  developed  the  Arts  Enrichment 
Program  targeting  150  disadvantaged  and  at-risk  stu- 
dents in  grades  K— 12.  The  highlight  of  the  project  was  a 
summer  program  in  1993  featuring  arts  classes  in  paint- 
ing, photography,  music,  and  drama  at  four  locations.  A 
special  exhibit  at  the  end  of  the  summer  showcased  stu- 
dents' work.  Being  recognized  for  their  creative  efforts 
and  talents  boosted  the  children's  self-confidence.  Using 
their  creativity  opened  new  avenues  to  learning.  Local 
and  regional  artists  who  worked  with  the  program  were 
so  convinced  of  its  value  that  several  have  continued  to 
volunteer  their  services  to  work  with  students  during  the 
school  year.  An  exhibit  of  student  work  was  held  in  April 
1 994,  and  the  city's  May  Festival  also  featured  student 
artwork  and  performances. 

Itta  Bena  is  now  on  the  move.  The  city  has 
acquired  a  building  for  use  as  an  arts  facility  and  is  form- 
ing a  local  arts  council  as  part  of  city  government.  This 
project  was  supported  by  the  Mississippi  Arts  Commis- 
sion and  a  grant  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts. 

£?*  Missouri  Arts  Council 

I  '     Parishes  Associated  with  Kinloch  Team  (PAKT)  is 
an  outreach  program  serving  a  community  ranked  by 
the  1990  Census  as  the  thirteenth  poorest  in  the  nation. 
This  community  includes  numerous  single-parent 
households  and  is  characterized  by  high  rates  of  drug 
and  alcohol  abuse  and  teen  pregnancy. 

The  Missouri  Arts  Council,  in  conjunction 
with  the  St.  Louis  County  Preventative  Partnership 
(a  program  of  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services),  supports  PAKT's  Youth  Resources  and  Recre- 


ation  Department,  which  provides  an  eight-week  sum- 
mer day  camp  for  youth  between  the  ages  of  seven  and 
fifteen.  The  camp  exposes  participants  to  multicultural 
activities  and  hosts  visiting  artists  twice  a  week.  For  ex- 
ample, members  of  the  Katherine  Dunham  Dance 
Company  taught  classes  in  dance  and  percussion  that  in- 
troduced students  to  African  arts  and  culture.  Classes 
have  been  helpful  in  deterring  crime,  substance  abuse, 
and  teen  pregnancy,  while  improving  self-esteem,  self- 
discipline,  and  artistic  and  cultural  appreciation. 

Kp*  Montana  Arts  Council 

^      Since  1 990  the  Fort  Peck  Fine  Arts  Council  of 
Glasgow,  Montana,  the  HiLine  Advisory  Council  for 
the  Montana  Department  of  Family  Services,  and  the 
Illusion  Theatre  of  Minneapolis  have  collaborated  on  a 
project  to  address  the  issue  of  child  sexual  abuse  in  the 
rural  communities  of  northeastern  Montana.  The  joint 
venture  has  received  funding  from  the  Montana  Arts 
Council  and  the  Montana  Department  of  Family  Services. 

Using  Illusion  Theatre's  critically  acclaimed 
play  Touch,  the  project  employs  local  high  school  youth 
to  reach  children  through  live  performances,  and  serves 
as  a  catalyst  for  the  prevention  of  sexual  abuse.  It  pro- 
vides children  with  the  images,  vocabulary,  and  confi- 
dence to  say  "no,"  and  furthers  communication  between 
children  and  the  adults  in  whom  they  confide.  The 
project  has  reached  7,000  students  through  perfor- 
mances in  elementary  schools,  and  also  offers  commu- 
nity performances  and  adult  workshops. 

**fS  Nebraska  Arts  Council 

'  \    The  Nebraska  Arts  Council  recently  expanded 
support  for  projects  in  underserved,  culturally  diverse 
neighborhoods  with  the  help  of  a  grant  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts.  Project  Impact,  a 


successful  collaboration  between  the  Omaha  Housing 
Authority  and  the  Nebraska  Arts  Council,  targeted  at- 
risk,  African-American  youth  from  Omaha's  public 
housing  projects.  These  youth  assisted  in  the  produc- 
tion, writing,  editing,  acting,  filming  and  development 
of  a  film  featuring  the  biographies  of  lesser-known  Afri- 
can Americans  who  have  made  significant  contributions 
to  American  history.  The  young  people  learned  valuable 
skills  and  received  training  in  television  and  film  produc- 
tion, and  they  were  mentored  by  prominent  African 
Americans  in  the  field.  The  project  also  served  as  a  cata- 
lyst for  changing  the  youths'  perceptions  of  African- 
American  history,  as  well  as  altering  their  view  of  their 
own  lives  and  helping  them  to  recognize  their  worth 
and  potential. 

The  Omaha  Housing  Authority  is  currently 
marketing  the  film  to  be  used  in  schools  and  communi- 
ties throughout  the  country. 

2J*  Nevada  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

t        With  support  from  the  Nevada  State  Council  on 
the  Arts  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the 
Lied  Discovery  Children's  Museum  in  Las  Vegas  imple- 
mented a  new  initiative  designed  to  nurture  local  young 
people's  interest  in  art,  science,  and  humanities.  The  ini- 
tiative focuses  particularly  on  youth  with  little  or  no  ac- 
cess to  cultural  institutions.  The  targeted  group,  youth 
ages  ten  through  eighteen,  lives  within  the  museum's 
immediate  service  area,  which  contains  southern 
Nevada's  highest  concentration  of  low-income  families 
and  four  of  the  highest- ranking,  at-risk  secondary 
schools  in  the  state. 

The  ArtSmarts  component  of  the  program 
provides  its  young  participants  with  the  opportunity  to 
work  alongside  professional  artists  for  an  extended 
period  of  time  on  a  group  art  project.  The  artist  and  par- 


> 

Q_ 

5' 

D 
Q_ 

C/> 

Q 
<S" 

Q 

3 
Q_ 

TO 
CD 

CQ 

o' 

3 

Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

o 
•< 

— \ 

_o 

ro' 
n 


-a 
Q 


CD 

c/> 
o_ 

c 

6' 

3 


ticipants  work  together  developing  an  idea,  investigating 
different  ways  of  carrying  it  out,  and  creating  a  finished 
piece  or  performance  that  is  then  presented  to  the  pub- 
lic. ArtSmarts  was  designed  to  give  young  people  both 
artistic  training  and  experience  in  using  the  artistic 
process  as  a  method  of  problem-solving  and  developing 
self-awareness. 

yX*  New  Hampshire  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

Using  a  mix  of  federal  and  state  dollars,  the  New 
Hampshire  State  Council  on  the  Arts  funds  many 
projects  for  at-risk  youth,  including  artist-in-residency 
programs  for  Headstart  and  community-based  projects 
for  teenagers  involved  in  alternative  education  programs. 
One  highlight,  Alpha  Teen  Theater,  is  an  ongoing  after- 
school  project  that  helps  Hispanic  youth  with  educa- 
tional and  social  issues.  For  several  months,  a  theater  art- 
ist worked  with  fourteen  young  people  to  create  skits 
based  on  difficult  issues,  including  AIDS,  drugs,  and 
abuse,  that  had  touched  their  lives.  The  project  began 
with  a  matching  grant  to  a  community  organization  and 
expanded,  without  council  funds,  to  tour  these  skits  to 
various  schools  and  communities.  Each  new  perfor- 
mance helps  to  open  dialogue  between  parents,  teachers, 
and  teens. 

^f^  New  Jersey  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

*  \    Each  year  the  New  Jersey  State  Council  on  the 
Arts,  with  support  from  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts,  is  able  to  provide  support  to  arts  organizations 
across  the  state  that  are  working  to  enhance  communi- 
ties, revitalize  cities,  provide  creative  alternatives  for 
troubled  youth,  and  teach  tolerance.  One  example  in- 
cludes the  work  of  Young  Audiences  in  Princeton. 
Through  a  series  of  improvisation  programs,  Young 
Audiences'  Theater  Sports  Residence  builds  leadership, 


teaches  social  skills,  and  increases  confidence  in  inner- 
city  kids  who  are  identified  as  at-risk.  The  residencies  are 
structured  like  sporting  events,  complete  with  competi- 
tions, judges,  and  fans.  This  connection  to  athletes  has 
proven  effective  in  securing  participation  of  young  males. 

Another  program,  called  Share  the  World, 
helps  curb  gang  violence  by  using  the  arts  to  teach  stu- 
dents tolerance  of  different  cultures.  Arts  assembly  pro- 
grams and  workshops  are  integrated  with  the  school  cur- 
riculum and  culminate  in  a  school  multicultural  festival. 

ZJ*  New  Mexico  Arts  Division 
\  "     Working  Classroom,  in  Albuquerque,  is  a  non- 
profit, multidisciplinary  youth  arts  organization  that 
works  with  at-risk  youth  and  receives  funding  from  the 
New  Mexico  Arts  Division.  During  the  past  three  years, 
seven  young  actors  and  playwrights  have  put  on  plays 
dealing  with  current  issues.  Juan  s  Choice  is  about  youth 
involvement  in  gangs.  It  was  written  for  the  eighth  An- 
nual Multicultural  Mental  Health  Conference  on  Chil- 
dren and  Families.  Several  hundred  people  attended  the 
performance,  and  more  than  a  dozen  took  the  stage  to 
try  and  change  the  outcome  of  the  play.  Another  play, 
The  Rubber  Band,  is  a  tragi-comedy  about  sex  in  the  age 
of  AIDS.  It  is  a  bilingual  play  inspired  by  Lysistrata.  The 
play  opened  at  the  South  Broadway  Cultural  Center, 
and  later  toured  to  Las  Vegas,  Taos,  Tierra  Amarilla,  Las 
Cruces,  and  the  Boys  School  in  Springer. 

jX*  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

The  International  Center  of  Photography  has  a 
Community  Record  (CR)  program  serving  three  inner- 
city  public  schools  in  some  of  New  York's  most  densely 
populated  minority  neighborhoods:  East  Harlem, 
Chinatown,  and  the  Lower  East  Side.  The  purpose  of 
the  program  is  to  teach  students  to  use  the  camera  as  a 


powerful  means  of  community  exploration  and  creative 
self-expression. 

One  of  the  schools  is  CLC,  a  junior  high 
school  in  East  Harlem  that  serves  economically  disad- 
vantaged students  of  African-American  and  Hispanic 
heritage  who  have  limited  skills  in  math  and  English. 
During  the  1994-95  school  year  at  CLC,  the  Commu- 
nity Record  Program  will  be  integrated  with  social  stud- 
ies, teaching  students  to  look  at  history  through  the  pho- 
tographic record  and  to  understand  the  impact  and 
influence  of  photography  as  a  tool  for  social  change. 

New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts  has  pro- 
vided grants  for  the  CR  program  since  it  was  inaugu- 
rated in  1986.  The  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
awarded  its  first  grant  in  1 992  and  renewed  it  in  both 
1993  and  1994.  The  program  now  also  receives  support 
from  corporations  and  foundations. 

^J*^  North  Carolina  Arts  Council 

\    With  state  and  federal  funding,  the  North  Caro- 
lina Arts  Council  is  supporting  projects  that  enhance 
the  lives  of  youth  and  their  families  through  its  Organi- 
zation of  Color  Development  Program  and  Arts  in 
Education  Program. 

These  programs  reach  children  from  the  early 
cognitive  years  through  the  teen  years.  An  example  of 
the  former  is  a  program  at  the  Plaza  Road  Preschool  in 
Charlotte  where  at-risk,  inner-city  four-year-olds  now 
have  arts  as  part  of  their  regular  curriculum.  These  en- 
riching arts  experiences  are  intended  to  stimulate  cogni- 
tive and  motor  development.  The  Seeds  of  Sheba  pro- 
gram in  Chapel  Hill  helps  disadvantaged  youth  see  their 
own  worth,  potential,  and  heroes  through  a  new  frame- 
work of  respect  and  support.  They  become  creators  of 
art  through  classes  in  theater,  music,  and  dance,  and 
they  also  regularly  share  their  experiences  with  and  learn 


from  regional  arts  professionals.  Through  instruction 
and  examination  they  discover  African-American  heroes 
in  their  history,  on  their  streets,  and  in  themselves.  This 
kind  of  support  fortifies  children,  strengthens  families, 
and  builds  communities. 

2?*  North  Dakota  Council  on  the  Arts 
*        Through  its  ACCESS  Grant  Program,  the  North 
Dakota  Council  on  the  Arts  funds  projects  to  serve  spe- 
cial constituencies  or  minorities.  Funded  projects  in- 
clude the  Family  Support  Network  in  Jamestown,  which 
provides  art  experiences/education  for  teens  and  young 
adults  with  special  needs.  In  fiscal  year  1994,  the  stu- 
dents were  introduced  to  drama  in  the  form  of  short  sto- 
ries and  role-playing  by  a  local  artist.  In  fiscal  year  1995, 
the  students  will  experience  art  activities  from  different 
cultures.  ACCESS  has  also  supported  workshops  in  Na- 
tive American  storytelling  and  writing  at  the  North  Da- 
kota Industrial  School  in  Mandan,  a  state  facility  for  the 
incarceration  and  rehabilitation  of  young  offenders.  One 
of  the  students  wrote  that  the  experience  gave  them 
"courage  and  hope,  plus  the  encouragement  to  write  and 
put  their  feelings  on  paper." 

Jp»  Commonwealth  Council  for  Arts  and 
<J     Culture  (Northern  Marianas) 

Summer  Arts  Exploration  was  a  successful,  four-week 
workshop  for  elementary  and  high  school  youth.  The 
project  involved  two  weeks  of  intensive  instruction  in 
mask  making,  basic  drawing,  print  making,  and  calligra- 
phy; and  a  two-week  exhibition  of  the  finished  products. 
Additionally,  an  intensive  dance  workshop  was  con- 
ducted on  the  island  of  Tinian,  which  involved  learning 
dance  steps  from  American  Samoa,  Fiji,  Tahiti,  and 
other  Pacific  islands.  Workshop  participants  formed  a 
dance  group  that  will  practice  and  perform  on  a  regular 


> 

Q_ 
Q_ 

5' 
Q_ 
CO 
Q 

m 

D 


TO 

CD 
CQ 

o' 

D 
Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

n 


CD 

n 


KM 


Q 


CD 

o 


basis.  Demonstrations  of  traditional  canoe  building  and 
thatch  house  building  were  conducted  on  the  island  of  Rota. 

During  the  school  year,  the  arts  council 
sponsored  after-school  workshops  throughout  the  islands 
of  the  Northern  Marianas  to  encourage  positive  environ- 
ments in  the  arts  and  to  provide  alternative  activities 
for  students. 

j^  Ohio  Arts  Council 

'  \     Urban  communities  must  find  positive  ways  for 
neighborhood  members  to  express  themselves,  develop 
leadership  skills,  and  be  involved  in  solving  problems 
that  affect  them.  The  Coordinated  Arts  Program  is  a 
partnership  among  Greater  Cleveland  Neighborhood 
Centers  Association,  the  City  of  Cleveland,  and  the 
Ohio  Arts  Council.  It  seeks  to  give  children,  teens, 
and  elders  opportunities  to  receive  special  instruction 
in  visual  and  performing  arts  in  their  neighborhoods, 
to  strengthen  community  pride  and  individual  self-es- 
teem, to  sustain  long-term  relationships  between  artists 
and  communities,  and  to  develop  a  prototype  that  can 
be  shared. 

With  funding  from  the  Ohio  Arts  Council 
and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  this  project 
creatively  involved  more  than  2,200  people  in  eighteen 
neighborhoods  in  its  first  year.  Arts  programs  were  de- 
signed to  be  flexible,  cost-efficient,  progressive,  and  cul- 
turally specific.  Activities  include  crafts,  African  drum 
making  and  drumming,  oral  history  projects,  an  elder 
musicians  program,  African  dance,  young  audience 
grooming,  wood  carving,  and  puppetry. 

iy*  State  Arts  Council  of  Oklahoma 

African-American  youth  of  Comanche  Park  Pub- 
lic Housing  Project  in  North  Tulsa  are  now  looking  at 
the  world  from  a  different  angle — from  behind  the 


lenses  of  their  35mm  cameras.  The  World  of  Photogra- 
phy Project,  sponsored  by  North  Tulsa  Heritage  Foun- 
dation, the  State  Arts  Council  of  Oklahoma,  and  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  was  conducted  by  an 
African-American  professional  photographer  with  the 
goal  of  capturing  the  interest  of  low-income  youth  while 
providing  useful  skills.  The  youth  were  taught  basic 
camera  operation,  darkroom  procedures,  portfolio  devel- 
opment, and  career  opportunities  in  the  photographic 
and  media  arts.  They  visited  photo  and  television  stu- 
dios, newspapers,  graphic  design  companies,  and  the 
University  of  Tulsa  art  department.  The  students  exhib- 
ited their  work  at  the  community  center  where  they  re- 
ceived certificates  denoting  their  accomplishments. 
Working  with  mentors  from  Tulsa  University's  School 
of  Art,  they  also  took  photographs  exploring  the  North 
Tulsa  environment.  These  works  were  part  of  a  popular 
exhibit  at  the  Gilcrease  Museum  of  Art. 

j!f*  Pennsylvania  Council  on  the  Arts 

Many  of  Pennsylvania's  nonprofit  organizations 
use  the  arts  as  a  way  to  make  a  positive  difference  in  the 
lives  of  young  people,  their  families,  and  communities.  A 
number  of  these  organizations  serve  specific  culturally 
diverse  communities  throughout  the  state.  Among  the 
examples,  supported  with  funds  from  the  Pennsylvania 
Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts,  are  the  youth-directed  projects  of  the  Asian 
American  Youth  Workshop  of  Asian  Americans  United 
(AAU)  in  Philadelphia.  AAU  projects,  like  their  youth 
literary  magazine  Unbound,  video  production  and  docu- 
mentation projects,  and  hands-on  mural  and  craft 
projects,  are  designed  to  help  inner-city,  Asian-American 
youth  express  their  feelings  and  share  their  experiences. 


jlf  Institute  of  Puerto  Rican  Culture 

*    The  Institute  of  Puerto  Rican  Culture's  mission  is 
to  preserve,  promote,  disseminate,  and  enrich  the  Puerto 
Rican  culture  through  the  development  of  all  cultural 
manifestations  including  the  arts,  folklore,  and  the  hu- 
manities. A  goal  established  in  1993  is  for  all  agency  pro- 
grams to  have  an  impact  on  youth.  Efforts  are  geared  to- 
ward providing  youth  with  an  education  about  their 
heritage,  the  skills  needed  to  develop  their  own 
generation's  perspective,  and  the  opportunity  to  partici- 
pate in  cultural  activities  in  order  to  prevent  social  prob- 
lems such  as  crime,  drug  abuse,  and  school  dropout. 

Several  after-school  programs  are  taking  place 
in  low-income  areas  in  coordination  with  the  education 
department.  A  Puerto  Rican  folk  dance  group, 
Itanaman,  originated  six  years  ago  with  thirty  students 
under  the  direction  of  a  teacher.  The  dance  group  meets 
three  times  a  week  in  the  Fernando  Callejo  High  School. 
The  group,  which  received  funding  from  the  Institute 
and  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  per- 
forms on  weekends  in  different  rural  communities  on 
the  island. 

ZJ*  South  Dakota  Arts  Council 
\  *      South  Dakota  Arts  Council's  Artists  in  Schools/ 
Youth  at  Risk  (AIS/YAR)  program  provides  students 
with  opportunities  for  social  and  creative  skill  develop- 
ment. A  pilot  project  was  initiated  in  1990  with  Mobridge 
Public  Schools  to  offer  arts  education  opportunities  in  alter- 
native education  environments  to  youth  identified  as  at-risk 
The  pilot  project  was  funded  by  the  arts  council,  with 
matching  funds  from  the  Mobridge  Public  Schools  and  the 
South  Dakota  Dropout  Prevention  Program. 

The  goals  of  AIS/YAR  are  to  focus  on  prob- 
lems of  low  self-esteem,  identify  constructive  means  for 
self-expression,  and  promote  creative  thinking.  South 


Dakota  has  fifteen  alternative  education  sites  statewide. 
School  districts  can  elect  to  send  students  in  grades  nine 
through  twelve  who  are  in  danger  of  dropping  out  or 
not  graduating  to  an  alternative  education  site.  During 
the  past  two  years,  AIS/YAR  has  provided  more  than 
850  class  sessions  on  the  arts,  reaching  over  3,100  stu- 
dents. The  arts  council  has  received  a  grant  from  the 
Dayton-Hudson  Foundation  to  assist  with  this  project. 

yX*  Tennessee  Arts  Commission 

^      The  Tennessee  Arts  Commission  recognizes  the 
positive  role  the  arts  can  play  in  the  lives  of  youth,  and 
has  established  the  Arts:  Advancement  and  Expansion 
(AAE)  grant  category  with  support  from  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts.  AAE  supports  not-for-profit 
arts  organizations  of  color  and  organizations  that  serve 
inner-city  youth  (among  others).  One  project  currently 
funded  under  the  AAE  grant  program  is  Blues  City  Cul- 
tural Center's  "Peace  in  the  House,"  a  three-day  confer- 
ence targeting  youth  who  are  at  risk  for  participating  in 
or  becoming  victims  of  violent  behavior.  In  1994,  faced 
with  an  alarming  murder  rate,  the  city  of  Memphis 
joined  with  artists,  social  services  facilitators,  and  youth  to 
develop  artistic  and  constructive  alternatives  to  violence. 

Another  program  funded  under  AAE  is 
Edgehill  Center's  PAVE  WAY  program,  which  incorpo- 
rates visual  art  and  video  with  antidrug  messages  into  an 
organized  cultural  environment.  Youth  considered  to  be 
at  risk  for  negative  behavior  (teen  pregnancy,  drug  and 
alcohol  abuse,  crime,  and  school  drop-out)  are  the  target 
audience  for  this  program.  Some  participants  have  en- 
rolled in  college  and  are  pursuing  careers  in  the  arts. 
Edgehill  is  now  developing  additional  arts  programs 
(dance  and  theater)  and  has  a  vision  of  becoming  a 
cultural  center. 


> 

Q_ 
Q_ 

5' 

Q_ 

C£ 

Q 
5" 

a 

Q_ 

TO 
CD 

CQ 

o' 

Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

O 

-o 

—\ 

cd' 
n 


Q 


c/i 
O 


o 


^t^  Utah  Arts  Council 

^  \    The  Central  City  Arts  Studio,  a  grantee  of  the 
Utah  Arts  Council,  is  a  unique  collaboration  of  state, 
county,  and  city  governments  working  with  numerous 
private  sector  companies  to  provide  alternative  programs 
for  inner-city,  at-risk  youth.  Through  a  combined  effort 
by  businesses  and  government,  a  storage  space  for  vend- 
ing machines  at  the  Central  City  Community  Center 
was  converted  into  a  fully  functioning  arts  studio.  The 
arts  studio  provides  many  of  Salt  Lake  City's  inner-city 
youth  with  arts  classes  that  give  them  a  positive  oudet 
for  expression.  Now,  rather  than  engaging  in  destructive 
and  violent  means  of  expression,  these  youth  are  learning 
how  to  express  themselves  through  the  visual  and  per- 
forming arts.  They  are  taught  by  local,  professional  art- 
ists who  offer  their  services  free  of  charge. 

Encouraged  by  the  results  being  achieved  at 
the  Central  City  Arts  Studio,  the  Utah  Arts  Council  is 
collaborating  with  many  different  organizations  on 
projects  that  affect  at-risk  youth.  With  a  grant  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  council  is  work- 
ing with  the  local  Boys/Girls  Clubs,  numerous  inner-city 
elementary  schools,  the  Salt  Lake  City  Police  Depart- 
ment, local  shelters,  and  detention  centers. 

ZJ*  Virgin  Islands  Council  on  the  Arts 
\  *     The  Virgin  Islands  Council  on  the  Arts  initiated  a 
pilot  summer  camp  program  in  fiscal  year  1993  called 
Project  Aim,  that  received  funding  from  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts.  The  program's  goal  was  to 
enhance  academic  knowledge  and  skills,  and  encourage 
the  artistic  development  of  youth  in  the  Bordeaux  com- 
munity. This  underserved,  rural  area  of  St.  Thomas  has 
no  recreational  or  community  facilities  and  few  activities 
for  young  people  to  engage  in  after  school  or  during 
the  summer. 


Project  Aim  was  designed  to  provide  a  full  ar- 
ray of  academic  and  artistic  opportunities.  There  were 
daily  classes  in  fabric  painting,  ceramics,  banking,  culi- 
nary arts,  and  mask  making,  as  well  as  in  English,  math, 
and  writing.  Students  also  had  the  opportunity  to  ex- 
hibit and  sell  their  artwork. 

For  ten  years  the  School  of  Visual  Arts  and 
Careers  has  served  the  Virgin  Islands'  culturally  diverse 
community,  providing  training  in  fine  arts  and  exposure 
to  careers  in  the  creative  arts.  The  school,  which  receives 
funding  from  the  arts  council  and  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts,  has  had  a  very  positive  influence  on 
young  adults. 

kp  Washington  State  Arts  Commission 

Two  years  ago,  the  State  Capital  Museum  and  the 
Department  of  Juvenile  Rehabilitation  in  Washington 
state  began  a  collaborative  project  using  the  visual  arts  to 
help  incarcerated  youth  build  academic  and  social  skills. 
Art  produced  through  the  project  resulted  in  the  1993 
exhibit,  "Insight  Out:  A  Different  Perspective,"  which 
was  organized  by  the  youth.  Eighty-three  residents,  some 
of  whom  were  hard-core  offenders,  participated  in  the 
project,  which  developed  job  skills  in  museum  prepara- 
tion and  graphic  design.  Now  back  in  their  communi- 
ties, transitioning  youth  who  participated  in  the  project 
are  doing  well,  and  some  are  pursuing  art  careers. 

The  number  of  participants  has  increased  for 
1994,  and  the  addition  of  a  writer  in  residence  has  ex- 
panded the  exhibit  to  include  autobiographical  stories 
that  are  powerful  accounts  of  young  lives  filled  with 
abuse  and  neglect.  This  year's  exhibit  is  traveling  to 
schools,  galleries,  and  museums  in  the  communities  to 
which  the  youth  will  be  returning,  creating  a  bridge  to 
those  communities  and  giving  other  youth  the  opportu- 
nity to  learn  from  it.  This  project  is  supported  with 


funds  from  both  the  Washington  State  Arts  Commis- 
sion and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts. 

>t^  West  Virginia  Division  of 

^\    Culture  and  History 

The  West  Virginia  Commission  on  the  Arts  supports 
collaborative  projects  among  mental  health  service  cen- 
ters, schools,  and  nonprofit  arts  groups  that  assist  at-risk 
youth  in  the  community.  Primary  emphasis  has  been  on 
high  poverty  areas  in  rural  counties.  This  work  is  done 
through  the  Artist-in- Residence  Program  and  the  pilot 
Arts  in  Basic  Education  Program. 

One  such  collaboration  began  last  year  in 
Lincoln  County  between  Appalachian  Arts  Sanctuary,  a 
rural  community  arts  collaborative,  and  Lincoln  County 
Schools.  The  Harts  area  of  Lincoln  County  is  a  commu- 
nity plagued  by  isolation  and  poverty  but  rich  in  initia- 
tive and  human  resources.  The  Harts  Arts  Education 
Project  established  Harts  High  School  as  a  training  cen- 
ter for  three  elementary  schools  in  the  following  pilot 
projects:  Appalachian  Dulcimer  Building  and  Perfor- 
mance, theater  arts,  and  monthly  visual  and  performing 
arts  workshops.  Artists  trained  teachers,  parents,  and  stu- 
dent leaders  to  carry  out  programs  in  their  schools.  Co- 
operation was  good,  response  was  excellent,  and  the 
project  served  as  a  self-esteem  builder  for  at-risk  youth, 
parents,  and  community  members. 

2|*  Wisconsin  Arts  Board 

»        The  Wisconsin  Arts  Board  serves  the  state's  at-risk 
youth  through  its  Arts  in  Underserved  Communities 
Initiative.  This  initiative  is  a  partnership  with  The  Mil- 
waukee Foundation  and  receives  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  funding.  It  aims  to  strengthen  and  signifi- 
candy  enhance  the  artistic  and  managerial  capabilities  of 
a  few  of  the  state's  most  promising  organizations  that  are 


providing  culturally  relevant  artistic  experiences  to  di- 
verse communities.  Examples  of  outreach  work  done  by 
award  recipients  are  Latino  Arts,  which  teaches  Hispanic 
youth  about  various  Latino  cultures  through  such  activi- 
ties as  theater,  visual  arts,  and  folklorico  dance  classes;  and 
Hansberry-Sands  Theatre  Company's  Poetry  in  Motion 
program,  which  visits  schools  to  present  performances  that 
pay  tribute  to  positive  African-American  experience. 

The  Wustum  Museum  in  Racine,  which  re- 
ceives funds  from  the  arts  board's  Challenge  Initiative 
program,  participates  in  gang  intervention  programs 
held  at  inner-city  neighborhood  centers  and  at  the  mu- 
seum. One  of  the  programs  organized  by  the  museum's 
education  department  staff  was  a  ceramics  class  for  teen- 
agers in  a  gang  program  at  Taylor  Children's  Home. 

/£+  Wyoming  Arts  Council 

Several  Wyoming  arts  and  community  organiza- 
tions, with  support  from  the  Wyoming  Arts  Council, 
have  specialized  programming  that  responds  to  chal- 
lenges faced  by  youth  and  their  families. 

The  Sheridan  Young  Writers  Group  has  not 
only  cultivated  the  talent  of  many  young  writers,  but  has 
also  provided  a  means  of  expression  that  has  helped 
them  develop  self-confidence,  work  through  life  issues, 
and  stay  out  of  trouble.  Dancers'  Workshop  in  Jackson 
has  programming  for  special  needs  teenagers  at  C-V 
Ranches,  which  are  residence  facilities.  The  overall  goal 
is  to  develop  self-confidence,  creativity,  and  self-expres- 
sion through  movement  exploration.  This  program 
has  had  much  success  in  reaching  teens  who  have  emo- 
tional and  physical  difficulties  and  who  often  have 
trouble  communicating. 

The  Wind  River  Health  Promotion  Program 
has  received  funding  from  the  Wyoming  Arts  Council, 
HUD,  Fremont  Counseling,  and  the  state  Division  of 


> 

Q_ 
Q_ 

5' 

Q_ 

CO 

Q 

CD 

Q 

Q_ 

TO 
CD 
CD 

o' 

Q 


> 

CQ 

CD 

O 
>< 

"D 

_o 

CD' 
O 


Q 


GO 
O 


o 

=3 


Behavioral  Health  for  a  multifaceted  prevention  pro- 
gram targeting  young  people  under  the  age  of  twenty- 
one  and  their  families.  This  program  will  provide  cul- 
tural activities  using  tribal  elders  as  teachers,  role  models, 
and  mentors.  Six  student  artists  will  develop  artwork  for 
billboards,  posters,  and  pamphlets  promoting  health  and 
cultural  programs. 

The  Regional  Arts  Organizations 
j^  Arts  Midwest 

\    Hmong  youth  in  La  Crosse,  Wisconsin,  are  be- 
ginning to  recapture  and  preserve  their  unique  musical 
heritage  through  Arts  Midwest's  Cultural  Development 
Fund,  a  granting  program  supported  by  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts.  La  Crosse  is  home  to 
Wisconsin's  largest  population  of  Hmong  refugees  from 
Laos.  Physically  and  culturally  separated  from  their 
homeland,  Midwestern  Hmong  people  struggle  to 
maintain  their  heritage.  Youth  often  assimilate  faster 
than  elders,  making  the  passing  of  artistic  traditions 
from  generation  to  generation  increasingly  difficult.  Arts 
Midwest  funding,  through  the  La  Crosse  Area  Hmong 
Mutual  Assistance  Association,  will  enable  students  to 
work  with  elder  composers,  musicians,  and  translators  to 
make  instruments,  write,  record,  and  perform  Hmong 
traditional  music.  This  project  allows  the  old  and  young 
to  work  together  to  preserve  their  culture. 

Arts  Midwest  is  a  regional  organization  that 
provides  funding,  training,  and  publications  to  Illinois, 
Indiana,  Iowa,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  North  Dakota, 
Ohio,  South  Dakota,  and  Wisconsin.  This  project  is 
part  of  an  ongoing  partnership  with  state  arts  agencies  to 
promote  social  change  through  art. 


2j"#  Consortium  for  Pacific  Arts  and  Cultures 
\  *      Over  the  past  several  years,  the  Consortium  for 
Pacific  Arts  and  Cultures  (CPAC)  has  assisted  the  Guam 
Council  on  the  Arts  &  Humanities  Agency  in  sponsor- 
ing activities  of  the  SKIP  dance  school.  The  dancers, 
who  are  elementary,  middle,  and  high  school  students, 
perform  ballet  and  jazz,  as  well  as  traditional  dances 
from  Guam.  A  balance  between  home,  school,  and 
dance,  and  the  ability  to  get  along  with  others  are  essen- 
tial to  being  part  of  the  group.  Because  of  this,  families 
are  engaged  in  the  dancers'  activities.  SKIP  has  repeat- 
edly won  Governor's  Art  Awards  for  contemporary 
dance.  In  January  1995,  older  SKIP  dancers  will  be 
placed  in  two  schools  on  Guam  to  provide  free  dance  in- 
struction to  students  and  to  help  the  dancers  develop 
teaching  skills. 

SKIP's  founder,  Teri  Knapp,  says  of  SKIP 
graduates,  "They  return  to  train  so  they  can  compete  at 
national  finals  in  which  they  are  top  winners.  I'm  so 
proud  of  their  accomplishments  —  almost  all  of  the 
older  students  are  using  their  dance  background  to  help 
them  in  college  and  careers  .  .  .  Sometimes  I  wonder 
what  direction  they'd  have  taken  if  not  for  dance.  You 
can't  find  any  group  of  kids  like  these." 

CPAC  works  direcdy  with  the  arts  agencies 
of  American  Samoa,  Guam,  and  the  Northern  Mariana 
Islands.  It  endeavors  to  provide  quality  programs, 
including  arts  in  education  and  traditional  and 
contemporary  arts. 

yX*  Mid-America  Arts  Alliance 

Mid-America  Arts  Alliance  (M-AAA)  is  commit- 
ted to  bringing  high  quality  arts  experiences  to  commu- 
nities across  its  region  through  regional,  national,  and 
international  artist  rosters  and  special  projects.  With 
the  assistance  of  its  partners  (the  state  arts  agencies  of 


Arkansas,  Kansas,  Missouri,  Nebraska,  Oklahoma,  and 
Texas)  and  a  grant  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts,  M-AAA  embarked  in  1992  on  a  two-year  initiative. 

The  Underserved  Youth/Artist  Residency  Ini- 
tiative provided  financial  support  to  seven  project  sites. 
Each  project  engaged  an  artist  to  facilitate  a  three-  to  six- 
week  residency  that  immersed  young  people  in  culturally 
relevant  performing  and/or  visual  arts  activities.  The  goal 
of  these  activities  was  to  stimulate  creative  expression  in 
the  young  people,  and  have  them  create  an  arts  product 
to  be  publicly  performed  or  exhibited. 

The  New  Presenting  Opportunities  Program, 
with  NEA  support,  has  also  enabled  M-AAA  to  fund 
many  projects  targeting  youth  and  their  communities. 
Since  1991  this  program  has  funded  a  wide  range  of 
projects  including  the  creation  of  a  new  dance/music 
work  in  Houston's  Sixth  Ward  that  involved  the  collec- 
tion of  oral  histories  from  community  elders  by  young 
people  who  developed,  interpreted,  and  performed  them 
in  a  multimedia  context. 

**/S  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation 

\    Rites  of  Passage  is  a  collaborative  residency  project 
combining  video,  dance,  and  creative  writing.  Vid- 
eographer  Michelle  Parkerson,  screenwriter  David  Brad- 
ley, and  theater  specialist  German  Wilson  will  work  with 
groups  of  teenagers  ages  sixteen  through  nineteen,  from 
Philadelphia  city  schools  to  write,  create,  perform,  film, 
and  edit  a  docudrama.  The  interactive  video  will  address 
such  issues  as  dating,  peer  pressure,  sexual  responsibility, 
teenage  parenthood,  and  AIDS  education. 

Rites  of  Passage  is  coordinated  by  the  Painted 
Bride  Art  Center,  Philadelphia,  and  is  funded  in  part  by 
the  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation,  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Arts,  the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  the  Arts, 
Meridian  Bank,  Inc.,  and  Hunt  Manufacturing  Inc.  Par- 


ticipating organizations  include  Hahnemann  University 
(a  health  education  center)  and  the  Samuel  Fleischer  Art 
Memorial  center. 

The  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation  works  in 
partnership  with  the  artists,  arts  organizations,  and  com- 
munities of  a  nine-state  region  to  support  arts  programs 
and  services  and  to  insure  the  availability  of  the  arts  to  all 
of  the  region's  residents.  The  region  includes  Delaware, 
the  District  of  Columbia,  Maryland,  New  Jersey,  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia,  the  U.S.  Virgin  Islands, 
and  West  Virginia. 

2|*  New  England  Foundation  for  the  Arts 
I  *     The  New  England  Foundation  for  the  Arts  con- 
nects the  people  of  New  England  with  the  power  of  art 
to  shape  lives  and  improve  communities.  Although  the 
foundation's  constituents  are  primarily  the  six  New  En- 
gland states,  it  also  administers  a  national  pioneering  jazz 
effort,  the  Lila  Wallace- Reader's  Digest  National  Jazz 
Network.  The  network  is  composed  of  twenty  outstand- 
ing organizations  that  emphasize  jazz  presenting  and  of- 
fer expanded  and  enhanced  performance  and  residency 
opportunities  for  jazz  artists  and  communities.  Each  of 
the  sites  offers  activities  involving  youth  and  jazz  artists 
on  a  consistent  basis. 

The  Artists  Collective,  based  in  Hartford, 
Connecticut,  is  a  network  site  whose  mission  is  to  train 
and  develop  the  talents  and  social  awareness  of  youth  re- 
siding in  the  greater  Hartford  area,  with  particular  atten- 
tion to  inner-city  children.  The  programming  at  the  col- 
lective demonstrates  the  rich  contributions  of  African- 
American,  West  Indian,  and  Latino  cultures.  Through 
network  funding,  the  collective  has  been  able  to  develop 
two  youth  performing  jazz  ensembles  under  the 
direction  of  legendary  saxophonist  Jackie  McLean.  The 
ensembles  are  comprised  of  a  cross-section  of  youth 


> 

Q_ 

9- 
o' 

Q_ 
GO 
Q 

ctT 

Q 

Q_ 
TO 

a> 

CQ 

o' 

Q 


> 

CQ 
CD 

o 
-< 

-o 


CD 


Q 


CD 
Co 

o_ 

c 

5' 

3 


from  diverse  cultural,  racial,  and  economic  backgrounds. 
This  effort  strives  to  foster  understanding,  respect,  and 
good  working  relationships. 

jS*  Southern  Arts  Federation 

The  Southern  Arts  Federation  (SAP)  is  a  non- 
profit, regional  arts  agency  dedicated  to  providing  lead- 
ership and  support  to  effect  positive  change  in  the  arts 
throughout  the  South.  The  organization  works  in  part- 
nership with  the  state  arts  agencies  of  Alabama,  Florida, 
Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  North  Caro- 
lina, South  Carolina,  and  Tennessee. 

Southern  Arts  Education  Partnerships  in  Ac- 
tion involved  a  planning  session  for  seventeen  communi- 
ties in  nine  states,  and  each  state  department  of  educa- 
tion, state  arts  agency,  and  state  alliance  for  arts 
education.  Teams  included  school  board  members,  su- 
perintendents, teachers,  principals,  parents,  arts  adminis- 
trators, artists,  and  community  volunteers  who  created 
strategic  plans  for  arts  education  in  their  communities. 

The  Leflore  County  Schools  Planning  Project 
in  Greenwood,  Mississippi,  focused  on  at-risk  students. 
To  integrate  the  arts  in  classroom  and  after-school  pro- 
grams, school  administrators  worked  with  Arts  for  Suc- 
cess, a  vocational  and  cultural  alliance;  Greenwood 
Leflore  Cities  in  Schools;  Greenwood  Foundation  for 
the  Arts;  Cottonlandia  Museum;  Mississippi  Valley  State 
University;  and  local  businesses.  These  programs  sup- 
ported job  training  and  school-to-work  transitions.  The 
community  emphasized  arts  education's  ability  to  offer  dif- 
ferent approaches  to  learning  critical  thinking  and  team- 
work, and  to  provide  a  positive  oudet  for  creative  energy. 


the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  Lila  Wallace- 
Reader's  Digest  Fund,  Western  States  Arts  Federation 
(WESTAF),  eight  western  state  arts  agencies,  and  dozens 
of  local  organizations  in  over  fifty  underserved  commu- 
nities in  the  West.  Among  the  many  benefits  of  this 
project  is  its  impact  on  at-risk  youth.  The  experience  of 
writer  Jean  Blackmon  during  a  residency  at  a  home  for 
troubled  teens  best  illustrates  this. 

At  first,  Blackmon  wondered  what  she,  a  fic- 
tion writer,  could  offer  these  teenagers,  some  of  whom 
were  runaways,  orphans,  and  victims  of  abuse  and  aban- 
donment. Says  Blackmon,  "Reading  and  writing  fiction 
seemed  like  such  a  luxury  when  taken  in  the  context  of 
these  troubled  young  lives."  When  the  kids  were  asked 
what  they  liked  to  read,  one  young  girl  provided  a  re- 
sponse and  a  reminder  to  Blackmon  of  the  value  of  fic- 
tion, regardless  of  one's  life  circumstances:  "I  like  fiction 
because  it  teaches  me  about  life  .  .  .  When  I  read  a  story, 
I  get  inside  the  character  and  see  how  she  solves  her  prob- 
lems. Sometimes  it  helps  me  with  my  own  problems." 


j^  Western  States  Arts  Federation 

\    Tumblewords  is  a  multistate  readings  and  resi- 
dencies project  funded  through  a  collaboration  between 


NATIONAL 
ENDOWMENT 

FOR^jj^THE 

ARTS 


National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 

1 1 00  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  NW 

Washington,  DC  20506 


National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies 

1010  Vermont  Avenue,  NW,  Suite  920 

Washington,  DC  20005 


Center  for  Substance  Abuse  Prevention 

Substance  Abuse  and  Mental  Health  Services  Administration 


Prevention  WORKS! 


U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
Washington,  DC  20009 


Office  of  Juvenile  Justice  and 
Delinquency  Prevention 


Publication  Funded  by 


ruDiicauon  runaea  oy 

Bureau  of  Justice  Assistance 


Office  of  Justice  Programs    ■    U.S.  Department  of  Justice 


U.S.  Department  of  Justice 
Office  of  Justice  Programs 

Bureau  of  Juvenile  Justice  Assistance 

Office  of  Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  Prevention 

Washington,  DC  20531 


^m      M  Ortice  or  Juvenile  Justice  and  Delinquency  Prevention  y  ^ 

M      ^  Washington,  DC  20531  /  ^      ^